ML18057B535: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:ES-30l                                 Administrative Topics Outline                               Form ES-301-1
{{#Wiki_filter:ES-30l
Facility:       VC SUMMER                                     Date of Examination:               9/12/2077
Administrative Topics Outline
Examination Level (circle one):             / SRO           Operating Test Number:
Form ES-301-1
  Administrative Topic             Type                       Describe activity to be performed
Facility:
          (see Note)               Code*
VC SUMMER
                                                RO/SRO Common
Date of Examination:
Conduct of Operations                 D       JPA-081A Manual leak rate
9/12/2077
Examination Level (circle one):
/ SRO
Operating Test Number:
Administrative Topic
Type
Describe activity to be performed
(see Note)
Code*
RO/SRO Common
Conduct of Operations
D
JPA-081A Manual leak rate
(Al-a)
(Al-a)
                                                G2.1 .7 (4.4/4.7)Ability to evaluate plant performance and make
G2.1 .7 (4.4/4.7)Ability to evaluate plant performance and make
                                                                    operational judgements based on operating
operational judgements based on operating
                                                                    characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument
characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument
                                                                    interpretation.
interpretation.
                                                Modify JPA-006 Reactivity management sheet
Modify JPA-006 Reactivity management sheet
                                                JPAOO6B
.
JPAOO6B
Conduct of Operations
Conduct of Operations
                      .
M
                                      M
(Al -b)
(Al -b)                                         G2.1 .43 (4.1/4.3) Ability to use procedures to determine the effects
G2.1 .43 (4.1/4.3) Ability to use procedures to determine the effects
                                                                    on reactivity of plant changes, such as reactor
on reactivity of plant changes, such as reactor
                                                                    coolant system temperature, secondary plant,
coolant system temperature, secondary plant,
                                                                    fuel depletion, etc.
fuel depletion, etc.
                                      D         JPA-025 Create tagout
D
Equipment Control (A2)                         G2.2.13 (4.1/4.3) Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures
JPA-025 Create tagout
                                                RO/SRO Common
Equipment Control (A2)
                                      M        Modify JPA-083 Apply facility ALARA principles to an emergency
G2.2.13 (4.1/4.3) Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures
M
RO/SRO Common
D
D
.-ialatIon  -.   +
-.
            \..onLro y-)                                       situation in an area with a high dose rate and
+
                                                                  airborne radiation
Modify JPA-083 Apply facility ALARA principles to an emergency
                                                JPA-083A(R 1)
.-ialatIon \\..onLro y-)
                                                G2.3.12 (3.2/3.7) Knowledge of radiological safety principles
situation in an area with a high dose rate and
                                                pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry
airborne radiation
                                                requirement, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-
JPA-083A(R 1)
                                                radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
G2.3.12 (3.2/3.7) Knowledge of radiological safety principles
                                                Not chosen for RO
pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry
Emergency     Pan (A4)
requirement, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-
NOTE:         All items (5 total) are required for SROs.
radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
*Type Codes & Criteria:           (C)ontrol room
Not chosen for RO
                                  (D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs; for SROs & RO retakes)
Emergency Pan (A4)
                                  (N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)
NOTE:
                                  (P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)
All items (5 total) are required for SROs.
                                  (S)imulator
*Type Codes & Criteria:
(C)ontrol room
(D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs;
for SROs & RO retakes)
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)
(P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)
(S)imulator
NUREG-1021, Revision 9
NUREG-1021, Revision 9
                                                  F I IJ1\L_
F I IJ1\\L_


ES-301                             Administrative Topics Outline               Form ES-301-1
ES-301
                                JPM SUMMARY STATEMENTS
Administrative Topics Outline
Form ES-301-1
JPM SUMMARY STATEMENTS
CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS (Al-a): Calculates leak rate using system data provided since
CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS (Al-a): Calculates leak rate using system data provided since
IPCS is out of service. Detects that unidentified leakage exceeds the TS limit.
IPCS is out of service. Detects that unidentified leakage exceeds the TS limit.
Line 75: Line 98:
with airborne activity due to a LOCA outside of containment.
with airborne activity due to a LOCA outside of containment.
EMERGENCY PLAN (A4): Not selected for RO exam
EMERGENCY PLAN (A4): Not selected for RO exam
NUREG-1021, Revision 9                                   F I [%J,t\[..
NUREG-1021, Revision 9
F I [%J,t\\[..


ES-301                                 Administrative Topics Outline                               Form ES-301 -1
ES-301
Facility:     VC SUMMER                                     Date of Examination:               9/12/2011
Administrative Topics Outline
Examination Level (circle one):         RD I ISROI           Operating Test Number:
Form ES-301 -1
  Administrative Topic             Type                     Describe activity to be performed
Facility:
          (see Note)               Code*
VC SUMMER
                                                ROISRO Common
Date of Examination:
                      .                         JPA-081A Manual leak rate
9/12/2011
Conduct of Operations                 D       G2.1 .7 (4.4/4.7) Ability to evaluate plant performance and make
Examination Level (circle one):
(Al -a)                                                             operational judgements based on operating
RD I ISROI
                                                                    characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument
Operating Test Number:
                                                                    interpretation.
Administrative Topic
                                                JPA-009 Shift manning.
Type
                      .                         G2.1 .5 (2.9*/3.9) Ability to use procedures related to shift staffing
Describe activity to be performed
Conduct of Operations                 D                           such as minimum crew complement, overtime
(see Note)
(Al -b)                                                             limitations, etc.
Code*
                                                JPA-025A REVIEW TAGOUT FOR B MDEFP
ROISRO Common
    .                                         G2.2.13 (4.1/4.3) Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures
.
Equipment Control (A2)                 M
JPA-081A Manual leak rate
                                                RO/SRO Common
Conduct of Operations
      . .                                       Modify JPA-083 Apply facility ALARA principles to an emergency
D
Radiation Control (A3)                 M                           situation in an area with a high dose rate and
G2.1 .7 (4.4/4.7) Ability to evaluate plant performance and make
                                                                  airborne radiation
(Al -a)
                                                JPA-083A(R 1)
operational judgements based on operating
                                                G2.3.12 (3.2/3.7) Knowledge of radiological safety principles
characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument
                                                                  pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as
interpretation.
                                                                  containment entry requirement, fuel handling
JPA-009 Shift manning.
                                                                  responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation
.
                                                                  areas,_aligning_filters,_etc.
G2.1 .5 (2.9*/3.9) Ability to use procedures related to shift staffing
                                                JPA-020 Given a set of conditions determines the EAL.
Conduct of Operations
                                                G2.4.41 (2.9/4.6): Knowledge of the emergency action level
D
Emergency Plan (A4)                   D                           thresholds and classifications.
such as minimum crew complement, overtime
NOTE:         All items (5 total) are required for SROs.
(Al -b)
*Type Codes & Criteria:           (C)ontrol room
limitations, etc.
                                  (D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs; 4 for SROs & RO retakes)
JPA-025A REVIEW TAGOUT FOR
                                  (N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)
B MDEFP
                                  (P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)
.
                                  (S) im ulator
G2.2.13 (4.1/4.3) Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures
                                                                        FINAL
Equipment Control (A2)
M
RO/SRO Common
.
.
Modify JPA-083 Apply facility ALARA principles to an emergency
Radiation Control (A3)
M
situation in an area with a high dose rate and
airborne radiation
JPA-083A(R 1)
G2.3.12 (3.2/3.7) Knowledge of radiological safety principles
pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as
containment entry requirement, fuel handling
responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation
areas,_aligning_filters,_etc.
JPA-020 Given a set of conditions determines the EAL.
G2.4.41 (2.9/4.6): Knowledge of the emergency action level
Emergency Plan (A4)
D
thresholds and classifications.
NOTE:
All items (5 total) are required for SROs.
*Type Codes & Criteria:
(C)ontrol room
(D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs;
4 for SROs & RO retakes)
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)
(P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)
(S) imulator
FINAL
NUREG-1021, Revision 9
NUREG-1021, Revision 9


ES-301                             Administrative Topics Outline                 Form ES-301-1
ES-301
                                JPM SUMMARY STATEMENTS
Administrative Topics Outline
Form ES-301-1
JPM SUMMARY STATEMENTS
CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS (Al-a): Calculates leak rate using system data provided since
CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS (Al-a): Calculates leak rate using system data provided since
IPCS is out of service. Detects that unidentified leakage exceeds the TS limit.
IPCS is out of service. Detects that unidentified leakage exceeds the TS limit.
Line 133: Line 189:
by D.3 or D.4). This is a time critical JPM and the ENF form must be completed within 15
by D.3 or D.4). This is a time critical JPM and the ENF form must be completed within 15
minutes after the emergency condition is determined.
minutes after the emergency condition is determined.
NUREG-1021, Revision 9
FINAL
                                                              FINAL
NUREG-1021, Revision 9


ES-301                           Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline             Form ES-301 -2
ES-301
Facility:       VC Summer                                     Date of Examination: 9/72/2011
Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
                                -
Form ES-301 -2
Exam Level (circle one):       (Ro)! SRO(l) I SRO(U)           Operating Test No.:
-
9/72/2011
Facility:
VC Summer
Date of Examination:
Exam Level (circle one):
(Ro)! SRO(l) I SRO(U)
Operating Test No.:
Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-l 2 or 3 for SRO-U)
Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-l 2 or 3 for SRO-U)
ystem / JPM Title                                                         Type Code* Safety Function
ystem / JPM Title
      APE 069 (JPSF-045B) Modify JPSF-045A                                 A,M,S,EN
Type Code*
a                                                                                          5
Safety Function
      Ensure Containment Isolation (ED P-i .0)
a
b.   System 015 (JPS-161)                                                   N,L,S         7
APE 069 (JPSF-045B) Modify JPSF-045A
      Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip (GOP-3)
A,M,S,EN
c.   APE 003 (JPSF-012A)                                                   A,D,S         1
5
      Dropped Rod Recovery (AOP-403.6)
Ensure Containment Isolation (ED P-i .0)
      EPE011 (JPS-002A)                                                       D,S           2
b.
      Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation (EOP-2.3)
System 015 (JPS-161)
e.   EPE 038 (JPSF-007)                                                     A,D,S         3
N,L,S
      Depressurize RCS to   < Ruptured Steam Generator Pressure
7
      (EOP-4.0)
Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip (GOP-3)
f     System 008 (JPS-042)                                                   D,S           8
c.
      Identify and Isolate an RCS Leak to the CCW System (ARP)
APE 003 (JPSF-012A)
g     E05 (JPS-149A) Modify JPS149                                           M,S         4S
A,D,S
      Respond to steam generator overpressure (E0P-15.3)
1
h     System 062 (JPSF-160)                                                 A,N,S         6
Dropped Rod Recovery (AOP-403.6)
      Respond to electrical grid issues fAOP-301.1)
EPE011 (JPS-002A)
D,S
2
Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation (EOP-2.3)
e.
EPE 038 (JPSF-007)
A,D,S
3
Depressurize RCS to < Ruptured Steam Generator Pressure
(EOP-4.0)
f
System 008 (JPS-042)
D,S
8
Identify and Isolate an RCS Leak to the CCW System (ARP)
g
E05 (JPS-149A) Modify JPS149
M,S
4S
Respond to steam generator overpressure (E0P-15.3)
h
System 062 (JPSF-160)
A,N,S
6
Respond to electrical grid issues fAOP-301.1)
hi-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-l; 3 or 2 for SAC-U)
hi-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-l; 3 or 2 for SAC-U)
      APE 068 (JPPF-049 for RO)                                               A,D,E
.
.
APE 068 (JPPF-049 for RO)
                                                                                            4
A,D,E
      Evacuation of control room (AOP-600.1)
4
      APE 067 fJPP-205)                                                     D,E,R         6
Evacuation of control room (AOP-600.1)
      Cross train connection of swing battery charger (FEP-2.0)
APE 067 fJPP-205)
      APE 025 (]PP-408)                                                     N,L,E,R         8
D,E,R
      Align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water
6
      to the RWST (AOP-1 15.4)
Cross train connection of swing battery charger (FEP-2.0)
                                                  FINAL
APE 025 (]PP-408)
N,L,E,R
8
Align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water
to the RWST (AOP-1 15.4)
FINAL
NUREG-1021, Revision 9
NUREG-1021, Revision 9


ES-301                           Control Room/In-Plant Systems OutHne                       Form ES-301-2
ES-301
@         All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in-
Control Room/In-Plant Systems OutHne
          plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.
Form ES-301-2
                      *
@
                        Type Codes                     Criteria for:                   RO / SRO-l / SRO-U
All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in-
(A)lternate path                                       4-6 / 4-6 / 2-3                     5/NA/NA
plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.
* Type Codes
Criteria for:
RO / SRO-l / SRO-U
(A)lternate path
4-6 / 4-6 / 2-3
5/NA/NA
(C)ontrol room
(C)ontrol room
(D)irect from bank                                       i 8I 4                           6/NA/NA
(D)irect from bank
(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant                         1 / 1 / 1                         3/NA/NA
i
(EN)gineered safety feature                             NA I NA / 1 (control room system)NA/NA/NA
8 I
(L)ow- Power                                             1 / 1 / 1                         2/NA/NA
4
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1 (A)             2/ 2I 1                           5/NA/NA
6/NA/NA
(P)revious 2 exams                                         / 3/ 2 (randomly selected) 0/NA/NA
(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant
(R)CA                                                   1/1/1                               2/NA/NA
1 /
1 /
1
3/NA/NA
(EN)gineered safety feature
NA I NA /
1 (control room system)NA/NA/NA
(L)ow-Power
1 /
1 /
1
2/NA/NA
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1 (A)
2 /
2 I
1
5/NA/NA
(P)revious 2 exams
/
3/
2 (randomly selected) 0/NA/NA
(R)CA
1/1/1
2/NA/NA
(S)im ulator
(S)im ulator
                              VC SUMMER 2011 NRC JPM SUMMARY
VC SUMMER 2011 NRC JPM SUMMARY
    a. Take actions to ensure containment isolation in accordance with EOP-1 .0, REACTOR
a.
          TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION, Attachment 3. The applicant will identify that
Take actions to ensure containment isolation in accordance with EOP-1 .0, REACTOR
        containment integrity is not intact. This leads to the alternate path for this JPM. The
TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION, Attachment 3. The applicant will identify that
        applicant attempts to initiate a phase A or close valves from the MCB. One penetration
containment integrity is not intact. This leads to the alternate path for this JPM. The
        is isolated from the MCB. Another penetration will not close from the MCB and the
applicant attempts to initiate a phase A or close valves from the MCB. One penetration
        applicant sends a local operator to close a backup valve. This JPM will be modified from
is isolated from the MCB. Another penetration will not close from the MCB and the
        one in the bank to change the valves involved and increase the number of valves.
applicant sends a local operator to close a backup valve. This JPM will be modified from
    b. Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip in accordance with GOP-3, REACTOR STARTUP
one in the bank to change the valves involved and increase the number of valves.
        FROM HOT STANDBY TO STARTUP (MODE 3 TO MODE 2). The applicant will raise
b.
        power using rods from the source range up to io 3/4 power. On the power increase the
Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip in accordance with GOP-3, REACTOR STARTUP
        source range will be blocked before an automatic reactor trip occurs. This JPM is new.
FROM HOT STANDBY TO STARTUP (MODE 3 TO MODE 2). The applicant will raise
    c. Take actions to recover a dropped control rod in accordance with AOP-403.5,
power using rods from the source range up to io 3/4 power. On the power increase the
        DROPPED CONTROL ROD. The applicant will assume the shift with a dropped rod. On
source range will be blocked before an automatic reactor trip occurs. This JPM is new.
        recovery the rod will become stuck. When the candidate detects the stuck rod that rod
c.
        and a second rod will drop requiring a manual reactor trip. Both the stuck rod and the
Take actions to recover a dropped control rod in accordance with AOP-403.5,
        second rod dropping makes this JPM alternate path.
DROPPED CONTROL ROD. The applicant will assume the shift with a dropped rod. On
    d. Take actions to transfer from cold leg recirculation to hot leg recirculation in accordance
recovery the rod will become stuck. When the candidate detects the stuck rod that rod
        with EOP-2.3, TRANSFER TO HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The applicant will assume
and a second rod will drop requiring a manual reactor trip. Both the stuck rod and the
        the shift with cold leg recirculation in service for 8 hours. The applicant will transfer
second rod dropping makes this JPM alternate path.
        from cold to hot leg recirculation without causing the charging pumps to be deadheaded
d.
        or run out. This JPM is not considered alternate path even though the right hand column
Take actions to transfer from cold leg recirculation to hot leg recirculation in accordance
        is used in the EOP because the right hand side will always be used to properly align the
with EOP-2.3, TRANSFER TO HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The applicant will assume
        C pump to the correct train.
the shift with cold leg recirculation in service for 8 hours. The applicant will transfer
    e. Take actions to depressurize the RCS to less than the pressure of the ruptured steam
from cold to hot leg recirculation without causing the charging pumps to be deadheaded
        generator in accordance with EOP-4.0, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE. The
or run out. This JPM is not considered alternate path even though the right hand column
        applicant will open the pressurizer spray valve to depressurize. On reaching a
is used in the EOP because the right hand side will always be used to properly align the
        termination setpoint the applicant will attempt to close the spray valve, but it will stick
C pump to the correct train.
e.
Take actions to depressurize the RCS to less than the pressure of the ruptured steam
generator in accordance with EOP-4.0, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE. The
applicant will open the pressurizer spray valve to depressurize. On reaching a
termination setpoint the applicant will attempt to close the spray valve, but it will stick
NUREG-1021, Revision 9
NUREG-1021, Revision 9
                                                          F I FJ1\L_
F I FJ1\\L_


ES-301                       Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline                 Form ES-301-2
ES-301
      open. This leads to the alternate path for this JPM. In order to stop the
Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
      depressurization, the applicant will have to secure the A RCP.
Form ES-301-2
  f. Identify and isolate an RCS Leak to the CCW System in accordance with a radiation
open. This leads to the alternate path for this JPM.
      monitor alarm. The applicant will verify that the COW surge tank vent valve closes.
In order to stop the
      Then the source of the leak will be determined to be the letdown heat exchanger. The
depressurization, the applicant will have to secure the A RCP.
      applicant will align excess letdown and secure normal letdown to secure the leak.
f.
  g. Take actions to respond to an overpressure condition in a steam generator in
Identify and isolate an RCS Leak to the CCW System in accordance with a radiation
      accordance with EOP-1 5.3, RESPONSE TO LOSS OF NORMAL STEAM RELEASE
monitor alarm. The applicant will verify that the COW surge tank vent valve closes.
      CAPABILITIES. An inadvertent main steam line isolation occurred. In addition, the
Then the source of the leak will be determined to be the letdown heat exchanger. The
      PORV for one of the steam generators fails to open. The applicant is directed to reduce
applicant will align excess letdown and secure normal letdown to secure the leak.
      steam generator pressure. The applicant will detect which steam generator is affected.
g.
      The applicant will lower pressure using the condenser steam dumps by opening the
Take actions to respond to an overpressure condition in a steam generator in
      main steam isolation bypass valves. Modified from a JPM in the bank to place applicant
accordance with EOP-1 5.3, RESPONSE TO LOSS OF NORMAL STEAM RELEASE
      in EOP-15.3 instead of EOP-15.1.
CAPABILITIES. An inadvertent main steam line isolation occurred. In addition, the
  h. Take actions to respond to electrical grid issues in accordance with AOP-301 .1,
PORV for one of the steam generators fails to open. The applicant is directed to reduce
      RESPONSE TO ELECTRICAL GRID ISSUES. The applicant will monitor check to see
steam generator pressure. The applicant will detect which steam generator is affected.
      that a runback is not required. Then monitor turbine bearing vibrations and reactive
The applicant will lower pressure using the condenser steam dumps by opening the
      load. Finally will investigate the condition of 1 DA and 1 DB. This sets up the alternate
main steam isolation bypass valves. Modified from a JPM in the bank to place applicant
      path for this JPM. 1 DB voltage will be too low and the applicant will start the emergency
in EOP-15.3 instead of EOP-15.1.
      diesel and have it tie on by opening the normal incoming breaker to 1 DB. This JPM is
h.
      new.
Take actions to respond to electrical grid issues in accordance with AOP-301 .1,
      Take actions necessary after evacuation of the control room in accordance with AOP
RESPONSE TO ELECTRICAL GRID ISSUES. The applicant will monitor check to see
      600.1, CONTROL ROOM EVACUATION. Due to bomb threat the control room is
that a runback is not required. Then monitor turbine bearing vibrations and reactive
      evacuated without any equipment tripped from the MCB. RO candidates will perform the
load. Finally will investigate the condition of 1 DA and 1 DB. This sets up the alternate
      actions of the BOP. The alternate path for the RO is that the A RCP is tripped and so
path for this JPM.
      either B or C RCP will have to be left running. The C RCP is also tripped so the
1 DB voltage will be too low and the applicant will start the emergency
      applicant must leave the B RCP running.
diesel and have it tie on by opening the normal incoming breaker to 1 DB. This JPM is
  j. Take actions to cross-train the battery charger in accordance with FEP-2.0, TRAIN A
new.
      PLANT SHUTDOWN TO HOT STANDBY DUE TO FIRE, Enclosure K. The swing
Take actions necessary after evacuation of the control room in accordance with AOP
      battery charger will be aligned to cross-train AC power from A Train to DC power of B
600.1, CONTROL ROOM EVACUATION. Due to bomb threat the control room is
      Train to support equipment operation.
evacuated without any equipment tripped from the MCB. RO candidates will perform the
    k. Take actions to align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water to the
actions of the BOP. The alternate path for the RO is that the A RCP is tripped and so
      RWST in accordance with AOP-1 15.4, LOSS OF RHR WHILE REFUELING, Attachment
either B or C RCP will have to be left running. The C RCP is also tripped so the
      I, REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL CONTROL WITH SPENT FUEL GATE IN. Applicant will
applicant must leave the B RCP running.
      establish a return of water to the RWST so that spent fuel can be cooled and level can
j.
      be controlled in the refueling cavity as RHR is returned to service. This is a new JPM.
Take actions to cross-train the battery charger in accordance with FEP-2.0, TRAIN A
PLANT SHUTDOWN TO HOT STANDBY DUE TO FIRE, Enclosure K. The swing
battery charger will be aligned to cross-train AC power from A Train to DC power of B
Train to support equipment operation.
k.
Take actions to align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water to the
RWST in accordance with AOP-1 15.4, LOSS OF RHR WHILE REFUELING, Attachment
I, REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL CONTROL WITH SPENT FUEL GATE IN. Applicant will
establish a return of water to the RWST so that spent fuel can be cooled and level can
be controlled in the refueling cavity as RHR is returned to service. This is a new JPM.
NUREG-1021, Revision 9
NUREG-1021, Revision 9


ES-301                           Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline               Form ES-301-2
ES-301
Facility:       VC Summer                                       Date of Examination: 911212011
Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
Exam Level (circle one):         RD / SRO(l)(Oj)               Operating Test No.:
Form ES-301-2
Facility:
VC Summer
Date of Examination:
911212011
Exam Level (circle one):
RD / SRO(l)(Oj)
Operating Test No.:
Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-l 2 or 3 for SRO-U)
Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-l 2 or 3 for SRO-U)
ytem I JPM Title                                                         Type Code* Safety Function
ytem I JPM Title
      APE 069 (JPSF-045B) Modify                                           A,MS,EN         5
Type Code*
      Ensure containment isolation (ED P-i .0)
Safety Function
b.   Systemol5(JPS-161)                                                     N,L,S         7
APE 069 (JPSF-045B) Modify
      Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip (GOP-3)
A,MS,EN
C.
5
d.
Ensure containment isolation (ED P-i .0)
e.
b.
f.
Systemol5(JPS-161)
g.
N,L,S
h.
7
Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip (GOP-3)
C.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-l; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-l; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)
      APE 068 (JPPF-044 for SRO)                                             AD,E           4
APE 068 (JPPF-044 for SRO)
      Evacuation of control room (AOP-600. 1)
AD,E
      APE 067 (]PP-205)                                                     D,E,R         6
4
      Cross train connection of swing battery charger (FEP-2.0)
Evacuation of control room (AOP-600. 1)
k     APE 025 (JPP-408)                                                     N,L,E,R         8
APE 067 (]PP-205)
      Align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water
D,E,R
      to the RWST (AOP-1 15.4)
6
Cross train connection of swing battery charger (FEP-2.0)
k
APE 025 (JPP-408)
N,L,E,R
8
Align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water
to the RWST (AOP-1 15.4)
NUREG-1021, Revision 9
NUREG-1021, Revision 9


ES-301                           Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline                       Form ES-301-2
ES-301
@         All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in-
Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
          plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.
Form ES-301-2
                      Type Codes                       Criteria for:                 RO I SRO-I I SRO-U
@
(A)lternate path                                       4-6 / 4-6 I 2-3                       NNNN2
All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in-
plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.
Type Codes
Criteria for:
RO I SRO-I I SRO-U
(A)lternate path
4-6 / 4-6 I 2-3
NNNN2
(C)ontrol room
(C)ontrol room
(D)irect from bank                                       9 / 8/ 4                           NNNN2
(D)irect from bank
(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant                         1 I 1 1 1                           NNNN3
9 /
(EN)gineered safety feature                             NA / NA I 1 (control room system) NNNN1
8/
(L)ow-Power                                               1 I 1 I 1                           NNNN2
4
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A)             2/ 2/ 1                             NNNN3
NNNN2
(P)revious 2 exams                                       3 I 3 / 2 (randomly selected) NA/NAb
(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant
(R)CA                                                   1I1/1                                 NNNN2
1 I
1 1
1
NNNN3
(EN)gineered safety feature
NA / NA I
1 (control room system) NNNN1
(L)ow-Power
1 I
1 I
1
NNNN2
(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A)
2 /
2 /
1
NNNN3
(P)revious 2 exams
3 I
3 /
2 (randomly selected)
NA/NAb
(R)CA
1I1/1
NNNN2
(S)imulator
(S)imulator
                              VC SUMMER 2011 NRC JPM SUMMARY
a.
    a. Take actions to ensure containment isolation in accordance with EOP-1 .0, REACTOR
Take actions to ensure containment isolation in accordance with EOP-1 .0, REACTOR
          TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION, Attachment 3. The applicant will identify that
TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION, Attachment 3. The applicant will identify that
        containment integrity is not intact. This leads to the alternate path for this JPM. The
containment integrity is not intact. This leads to the alternate path for this JPM. The
        applicant attempts to initiate a phase A or close valves from the MCB. One penetration
applicant attempts to initiate a phase A or close valves from the MCB. One penetration
        is isolated from the MCB. Another penetration will not close from the MCB and the
is isolated from the MCB. Another penetration will not close from the MCB and the
        applicant sends a local operator to close a backup valve. This JPM will be modified from
applicant sends a local operator to close a backup valve. This JPM will be modified from
        one in the bank to change the valves involved and increase the number of valves.
one in the bank to change the valves involved and increase the number of valves.
    b. Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip in accordance with GOP-3, REACTOR STARTUP
b.
        FROM HOT STANDBY TO STARTUP (MODE 3 TO MODE 2). The applicant will raise
Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip in accordance with GOP-3, REACTOR STARTUP
        power using rods from the source range up to 1 0 % power. On the power increase the
FROM HOT STANDBY TO STARTUP (MODE 3 TO MODE 2). The applicant will raise
        source range will be blocked before an automatic reactor trip occurs. This JPM is new.
power using rods from the source range up to 1 0 % power. On the power increase the
    c. Not selected for SRO.
source range will be blocked before an automatic reactor trip occurs. This JPM is new.
    d. Not selected for SRO.
c.
    e. Not selected for SRO.
Not selected for SRO.
    f.   Not selected for SRO.
d.
    g. Not selected for SRO.
Not selected for SRO.
    h. Not selected for SRO.
e.
    i. Take actions necessary after evacuation of the control room in accordance with AOP
Not selected for SRO.
        600.1, CONTROL ROOM EVACUATION. Due to bomb threat the control room is
f.
        evacuated without any equipment tripped from the MCB. SRO candidates will perform
Not selected for SRO.
        the actions of the CRS. The alternate path for the SRO is determining that emergency
g.
        boration is required due to two stuck rods.
Not selected for SRO.
    j.   Take actions to cross-train the battery charger in accordance with FEP-2.0, TRAIN A
h.
        PLANT SHUTDOWN TO HOT STANDBY DUE TO FIRE, Enclosure K. The swing
Not selected for SRO.
i.
Take actions necessary after evacuation of the control room in accordance with AOP
600.1, CONTROL ROOM EVACUATION. Due to bomb threat the control room is
evacuated without any equipment tripped from the MCB. SRO candidates will perform
the actions of the CRS. The alternate path for the SRO is determining that emergency
boration is required due to two stuck rods.
j.
Take actions to cross-train the battery charger in accordance with FEP-2.0, TRAIN A
PLANT SHUTDOWN TO HOT STANDBY DUE TO FIRE, Enclosure K. The swing
VC SUMMER 2011 NRC JPM SUMMARY
NUREG-1 021, Revision 9
NUREG-1 021, Revision 9


    ES-301                       Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline                 Form ES-301-2
ES-301
          battery charger will be aligned to cross-train AC power from A Train to DC power of B
Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline
          Train to support equipment operation.
Form ES-301-2
      k. Take actions to align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water to the
battery charger will be aligned to cross-train AC power from A Train to DC power of B
          RWST in accordance with AOP-1 15.4, LOSS OF RHR WHILE REFUELING, Attachment
Train to support equipment operation.
          I, REFUELING CAVITYLEVEL CONTROL WITH SPENTFUEL GATE IN. Applicant will
NUREG-1 021, Revision 9
          establish a return of water to the RWST so that spent fuel can be cooled and level can
k.
          be controlled in the refueling cavity as RHR is returned to service. This is a new JPM.
Take actions to align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water to the
RWST in accordance with AOP-1 15.4, LOSS OF RHR WHILE REFUELING, Attachment
I, REFUELING CAVITYLEVEL CONTROL WITH SPENTFUEL GATE IN. Applicant will
establish a return of water to the RWST so that spent fuel can be cooled and level can
be controlled in the refueling cavity as RHR is returned to service. This is a new JPM.
**1
**1
    NUREG-1 021, Revision 9


ES-401                   Record of Rejected K/As                           Form ES-401 -4
ES-401
Tier /     Randomly                           Reason for Rejection
Record of Rejected K/As
Group     Selected K/A
Form ES-401 -4
ROs
Tier /
1/2   000032AA2.03   Source range high voltage is never removed at VCS
Randomly
                        (Gammametrics fission chamber NIS)
Reason for Rejection
                        KA replaced with 000032AA2.06 for RO test
Group
2/1   063 A2.01       Not able to write discriminating question at RO level since only
Selected K/A
                        response to DC grounds in procedures is to have electrical
ROs
                        maintenance trouble shoot.
1/2
                        KA replaced with 063 A3.01 for RO test.
000032AA2.03
2/2   01 1 K4.03     Pressurizer level is not density compensated at VC Summer.
Source range high voltage is never removed at VCS
                        KA replaced with 01 1 K4.05 for RO test.
(Gammametrics fission chamber NIS)
3     G2.4.39         No responsibilities of RO in emergency plan implementation.
KA replaced with 000032AA2.06 for RO test
                        KA replaced with G2.4.25 for RO test.
2/1
2/i   078K1.01       VC Summer has no specific system that is equivalent to sensor air.
063 A2.01
                        KA replaced with 078K 1.03 for RO test.
Not able to write discriminating question at RO level since only
SROs
response to DC grounds in procedures is to have electrical
1/2   000059 AA2.03   Not able to write an operationally relevant question that is
maintenance trouble shoot.
                        discriminating for an SRO.
KA replaced with 063 A3.01 for RO test.
                        KA replaced with 000059 AA 1.01 for SRO test.
2/2
2/2   028 G2.2.40     Hydrogen Recombiner was removed from Technical Specifications.
01 1 K4.03
                        KA replaced with 02$ G 2.1.27 for SRO test.
Pressurizer level is not density compensated at VC Summer.
2/2   086A2.01       Not able to write an operationally relevant question that is
KA replaced with 01 1 K4.05 for RO test.
                        discriminating for an SRO.
3
                        KA replaced with 002A2.04 for SRO test.
G2.4.39
2/2   072A2.03       Not able to write an operationally relevant question that is
No responsibilities of RO in emergency plan implementation.
                        discriminating for an SRO.
KA replaced with G2.4.25 for RO test.
                        KA replaced with 034K4.02 for SRO test.
2/i
        e
078K1.01
VC Summer has no specific system that is equivalent to sensor air.
KA replaced with 078K 1.03 for RO test.
SROs
1/2
000059 AA2.03
Not able to write an operationally relevant question that is
discriminating for an SRO.
KA replaced with 000059 AA 1.01 for SRO test.
2/2
028 G2.2.40
Hydrogen Recombiner was removed from Technical Specifications.
KA replaced with 02$ G 2.1.27 for SRO test.
2/2
086A2.01
Not able to write an operationally relevant question that is
discriminating for an SRO.
KA replaced with 002A2.04 for SRO test.
2/2
072A2.03
Not able to write an operationally relevant question that is
discriminating for an SRO.
KA replaced with 034K4.02 for SRO test.
e
 
ES4OI
Written Examination Quality Checklist
Form ES-401-6
Facility:
f
Date of Exam: ItV2 1/)
Exam Level: RO
SRO
Initial
Item Description
a
b*
c
1.
Questions and answers are technically accurate and applicable to the facility.
?
2.
a.
NRC K/As are referenced for all questions.
p1
b.
Facility learning objectives are referenced as available.
 
 
3.
SRO questions are appropriate in accordance with Section D.2.d of ES-401
c
4.
The sampling process was random and systematic (If more than 4 RO or 2 SRD questions
were repeated from the last 2 NRC licensing exams, consult the NRR CL program office).
 
 
5.
Question duplication from the license screening/audit exam was controlled
as indicated below (check the item that applies) and appears appropriate:
the audit exam was systematically and randomly developed; or
the audit exam was completed before the license exam was started; or
the examinations were developed independently; or
? the licensee certifies that there is no duplication; or
other (explain)
6.
Bank use meets limits (no more than 75 percent
Bank
Modified
New
from the bank, at least 10 percent new, and the rest
I
new or modified); enter the actual RO I SRO-only
q
qr
,, C/q] LII
/
question distribution(s) at right.
L4,z4I
Oii
(0416
 
7.
Between 50 and 60 percent of the questions on the RO
Memory
CIA
exam are written at the comprehension/ analysis level;
the SRO exam may exceed 60 percent if the randomly
3/
s
f
19
selected K/As support the higher cognitive levels; enter
s,
ai1
the actual RO I SRO question distribution(s) at right.
1
i/o ,52..,, Yi,
 
 
8.
References/handouts provided do not give away answers
 
or aid in the elimination of distractors.
9.
Question content conforms with specific KIA statements in the previously approved
examination outline and is appropriate for the tier to which they are assigned;
Y
h44
deviations are justified.
 
10.
Question psychometric quality and format meet the guidelines in ES Appendix B.
? 4
1 1.
The exam contains the required number of one-point, multiple choice items;
4+/-J c
f
the total is correct and agrees with the value on the cover sheet.
 


ES4OI                                    Written Examination Quality Checklist                                      Form ES-401-6
Printed.kJamI Sig ature
Facility:
Date
                                          f
a. Author
                                                                    Date of Exam:
MIieiv 1
                                                                                    I tV2 1/)              Exam Level: RO      SRO
JQ/i/ii
                                                                                                                          Initial
b. Facility Reviewer()
                                                Item Description                                                  a      b*        c
OeIk
1.        Questions and answers are technically accurate and applicable to the facility.                              ?
c. NRC Chief Examiner (#)
2.        a.          NRC K/As are referenced for all questions.                                                                p1
U4&#xf8;Ir.4 5
            b.          Facility learning objectives are referenced as available.                                               
.
3.        SRO questions are appropriate in accordance with Section D.2.d of ES-401
L4-----
                                                                                                                        c
toIt1)L4
4.        The sampling process was random and systematic (If more than 4 RO or 2 SRD questions
d. NRC Regional Supervisor
            were repeated from the last 2 NRC licensing exams, consult the NRR CL program office).                             
iA43CI+IL A-.
5.        Question duplication from the license screening/audit exam was controlled
c j__
            as indicated below (check the item that applies) and appears appropriate:
Note:
              the audit exam was systematically and randomly developed; or
* The facility reviewers initials/signature are not applicable for NRC-developed examinations.
              the audit exam was completed before the license exam was started; or
# Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence required.
              the examinations were developed independently; or
ES-401, Page 29 of 33
              the licensee certifies that there is no duplication; or
          ?  other (explain)
6.        Bank use meets limits (no more than 75 percent                    Bank      Modified          New
            from the bank, at least 10 percent new, and the rest
                                                                            q                        I LII
            new or modified); enter the actual RO I SRO-only                              qr ,,
                                                                                                C/q]        /
            question distribution(s) at right.                            L4,z4I      Oii      (041 6                         
7.        Between 50 and 60 percent of the questions on the RO                Memory                  CIA
            exam are written at the comprehension/ analysis level;
            the SRO exam may exceed 60 percent if the randomly
            selected K/As support the higher cognitive levels; enter
                                                                          3/      s    s,
                                                                                                f    ai1
                                                                                                            19
            the actual RO I SRO question distribution(s) at right.          1          i/o    ,52..,,    Yi,               
8.        References/handouts provided do not give away answers                                                       
            or aid in the elimination of distractors.
9.        Question content conforms with specific KIA statements in the previously approved
            examination outline and is appropriate for the tier to which they are assigned;                                Y      h44
            deviations are justified.                                                                                             
  10.      Question psychometric quality and format meet the guidelines in ES Appendix B.                              ?        4
  1 1.      The exam contains the required number of one-point, multiple choice items;
            the total is correct and agrees with the value on the cover sheet.
                                                                                                                  4+/-J
                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                        c
                                                                                                                                  f
                                                                                                                                 
                                                                Printed.kJamI Sig ature                                       Date
a. Author                                           MIieiv 1                                                               JQ/i/ii
b. Facility Reviewer()                               OeIk
  c. NRC Chief Examiner (#)                         U4&#xf8;Ir.4 5                         .           L4-----                 toIt1)L4
  d. NRC Regional Supervisor                     iA43CI+IL     A-.                             c j__
  Note:     *
              The facility reviewers initials/signature are not applicable for NRC-developed examinations.
            # Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence required.
                                                      ES-401, Page 29 of 33


                                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                                     Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
                                                                                        VC SUMMER 2011-301 EXAM REVIEW
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
                                                                                            Instructions
Form ES-401-9  
                                    [Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]
1.           Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.
2.           Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 - 4 range are acceptable).
VC SUMMER 2011-301 EXAM REVIEW
3.           Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:
Instructions  
$                     The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).
[Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]  
$                     The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).
1.  
$                     The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statements.
Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.  
$                     The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptable.
2.  
$                     One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).
Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 - 4 range are acceptable).  
4.           Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:
3.  
$                     The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).
Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:  
$                     The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).
$  
$                     The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).
$                     The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.
The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).  
5.           Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).
$  
6.           Based on the reviewers judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?
7.           At a minimum, explain any U ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).
The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).  
        1.       2.         3. Psychometric Flaws               4. Job Content Flaws           5. Other     6.                                           7.
$  
  Q#    LOK    LOD
      (F/H)    (1-5)  Stem Cues       T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-               Q= SRO      U/E/S                                    Explanation
The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statements.  
                        Focus                  Dist.          Link            units ward      K/A Only
$  
Generic Issues.
    1.   In the stem of the question, need to determine if a period is or is not going to be used in the bulleted area of the stem. Sometimes it is used and sometimes it is not. It does not
The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptable.  
          matter which one just do it one way or the other.
$  
    2.   For the first few questions that use annunciator windows in the stem or distractors, these are not written the same. Some have the panel some have the panel and tile number,
          we need to get that uniform.
One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).  
    3.   Reference material assembled is insufficient for examination review, system diagrams are not provided, key ARPs and AOPs not provided. Appears that the littlest amount of
4.  
          material was provided for the review to take place.
Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:  
    4.   Add to those questions where necessary, applicable procedures being used to accomplish the appropriate tasks. This ensures validity of each question.
$  
The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).  
$  
The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).  
$  
The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).  
$  
The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.  
5.  
Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).  
6.  
Based on the reviewers judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?  
7.  
At a minimum, explain any U ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).  
Q#
1.  
LOK
(F/H)
2.  
LOD
(1-5)
3. Psychometric Flaws  
4. Job Content Flaws  
5. Other  
6.  
U/E/S
7.  
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
Generic Issues.  
1.  
In the stem of the question, need to determine if a period is or is not going to be used in the bulleted area of the stem. Sometimes it is used and sometimes it is not. It does not  
matter which one just do it one way or the other.  
2.  
For the first few questions that use annunciator windows in the stem or distractors, these are not written the same. Some have the panel some have the panel and tile number,  
we need to get that uniform.  
3.  
Reference material assembled is insufficient for examination review, system diagrams are not provided, key ARPs and AOPs not provided. Appears that the littlest amount of  
material was provided for the review to take place.  
4.  
Add to those questions where necessary, applicable procedures being used to accomplish the appropriate tasks. This ensures validity of each question.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                           Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other       6.                                             7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO      U/E/S                                      Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            E     004K4.07, Task Master ' question 4483
Q#
                                                                                                      1.   Distractor B is NOT plausible. In that, when does a single
1.  
                                                                                                            failure cause the system to actuate unless there is some other
LOK
                                                                                                            information provided in the stem to identify they have to think of
(F/H)
                                                                                                            this. Need to change this distractor.
2.  
                                                                                                      2.   Characterized as Higher, this is a very low higher cognitive
LOD
                                                                                                            question.
(1-5)
                                                                                                      3.   KA appears to match
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                  Tuesday, October 04, 2011
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      1.   Change provides values associated with the parameter
5. Other  
                                                                                                            identified in the distractor.
6.  
                                                                                                      2.   Actual
                                                                                      Question
U/E/S
                                                                                                      3.   Using the values, in B and C make them more implausible.
7.  
                                                                                      still needs
   
                                                                                                            HOW does the instrument failing HIGH, cause emergency
Explanation
                                                                                        work.
Stem  
                                                                                                            makeup to occur? Actual have no relevance to the control
Focus
                                                                                      Could be a
Cues  
                                                                                                            system, so putting actual level does not help.
T/F  
                                                                                            U.
Cred.  
  1  F    2                          X                                                          Recommendation:
Dist.
                                                                                                      1.   Develop a 2 by 2 question using
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      2.   The design feature of what happens on the failure and then
Link
                                                                                                            what operator actions are necessary to combat that failure.
Minutia  
                                                                                                      ** Design feature of what happens, then operator actions to combat
#/  
                                                                                                      the failure.
units
                                                                                                      This question needs more work, it is still an E. Or potentially a U.
Back-
                                                                                            S          Thursday, October 13, 2011
ward
                                                                                                            1.   Added actual in each of the NEW 2/2 question.
Q=  
                                                                                                            2.   SAT.
K/A  
                                                                                                  Satisfactory
SRO
Only  
1
F
2
X
E  
Question
still needs
work.
Could be a
U.
004K4.07, Task Master ' question 4483  
1.  
Distractor B is NOT plausible. In that, when does a single  
failure cause the system to actuate unless there is some other  
information provided in the stem to identify they have to think of  
this. Need to change this distractor.
2.  
Characterized as Higher, this is a very low higher cognitive  
question.  
3.  
KA appears to match  
Tuesday, October 04, 2011  
1.  
Change provides values associated with the parameter  
identified in the distractor.  
2.  
Actual
3.  
Using the values, in B and C make them more implausible.  
HOW does the instrument failing HIGH, cause emergency  
makeup to occur? Actual have no relevance to the control  
system, so putting actual level does not help.  
Recommendation:  
1.  
Develop a 2 by 2 question using  
2.  
The design feature of what happens on the failure and then  
what operator actions are necessary to combat that failure.
** Design feature of what happens, then operator actions to combat  
the failure.  
This question needs more work, it is still an E. Or potentially a U.
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Added actual in each of the NEW 2/2 question.  
2.  
SAT.  
Satisfactory  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            012K6.03, New,
Q#
                                                                                                1.   This question is kind of backwards logic, in that, it is you have to
1.  
                                                                                                    think of it failed? Not sure if this is a good way to ask this.
LOK
                                                                                                2.   Were there any issues with reading this question? Based on
(F/H)
                                                                                                    evaluator review. Ask licensee.
2.  
                                                                                                3.   Do we need names of each of these or are they required to
LOD
  2  H    2                                                                          S            know that form memory. The licensee states that they are
(1-5)
                                                                                                    required to know this material.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                4.   Kind of simple.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                5.   KA appears to match
5. Other  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
6.  
                                                                                                1.   No changes, operators are required to know the P numbers.
                                                                                                2.   Still Sat.
U/E/S
                                                                                            011K4.03, Higher, New,
7.  
                                                                                                1.   In distractor A, need to somehow identify the word NO, so the
   
                                                                                                    applicants do not miss it. Bold, underline, dont care, pick one
Explanation
                                                                                                    use it the same throughout the test.
Stem  
                                                                                                2.   Would it be better to add to 1) that will eventually cause a
Focus
                                                                                                    reactor trip? This may ensure that they have to evaluate the
Cues  
                                                                                                    entire cycle like the analysis identifies. . Ask licensee.
T/F  
                                                                                                3.   KA appears to match
Cred.  
  3  H    3                                                                          S  Tuesday, October 04, 2011
Dist.
                                                                                                1.   Still think in question number 1 that we bold an underline the
Partial Job-
                                                                                                    NO before operator, like no.
Link
                                                                                                2.   Otherwise ok.
Minutia  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
#/  
                                                                                                1.   Made consistent with other questions.
units
                                                                                                2.   Rearranged SERVE after ONLY, GL suggested.
Back-
                                                                                                3.   Bolded in B and D, serve only
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
2
H
2
S
012K6.03, New,
1.  
This question is kind of backwards logic, in that, it is you have to  
think of it failed? Not sure if this is a good way to ask this.
2.  
Were there any issues with reading this question? Based on  
evaluator review. Ask licensee.
3.  
Do we need names of each of these or are they required to  
know that form memory. The licensee states that they are  
required to know this material.  
4.  
Kind of simple.  
5.  
KA appears to match  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
No changes, operators are required to know the P numbers.
2.  
Still Sat.  
3
H
3
S
011K4.03, Higher, New,
1.  
In distractor A, need to somehow identify the word NO, so the  
applicants do not miss it. Bold, underline, dont care, pick one  
use it the same throughout the test.  
2.  
Would it be better to add to 1) that will eventually cause a  
reactor trip? This may ensure that they have to evaluate the  
entire cycle like the analysis identifies. . Ask licensee.  
3.  
KA appears to match  
Tuesday, October 04, 2011  
1.  
Still think in question number 1 that we bold an underline the  
NO before operator, like no.  
2.  
Otherwise ok.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Made consistent with other questions.
2.  
Rearranged SERVE after ONLY, GL suggested.
3.  
Bolded in B and D, serve only  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            016A2.01, Modified, Higher, Modified question was not supplied with
Q#
                                                                                            package.
1.  
                                                                                                1.   Not sure that the initial information in the stem has a real
LOK
                                                                                                    meaning to answer the question. Other than it provides a
(F/H)
                                                                                                    starting point. This can be removed from the stem.
2.  
                                                                                        E        2. The KA requires in the second part to use procedures, while this
LOD
                                                                                                    is sort of the way about it, but it does not state what procedure
(1-5)
                                                                                                    just the actions to accomplish the required. Is there a way to
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                    add procedures in the second part rather than stating it in the
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                    stem? Ask licensee.
5. Other  
                                                                                                3. Add the word the prior to the word failure in the stem of the
6.  
                                                                                                    question. Just to clarify a little.
                                                                                            Tuesday, October 04, 2011
U/E/S
                                                                                                1. The question as changed still does not meet the KA, in that,
7.  
                                                                                                    there is no procedure listed in the answer. This is awkward! .
   
                                                                                                2.   Change the stem to read:
Explanation
  4  H    2    X
Stem  
                                                                                                    WOOTF identifies the Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD)
Focus
                                                                                                    failure that would cause these indications and the appropriate
Cues  
                                                                                                    operator actions in accordance with AOP 304.3, Continuous
T/F  
                                                                                                    Control Ro Motion?
Cred.  
                                                                                        S                  1.   Remove the procedure from distracters A and B.
Dist.
                                                                                                          2.   Add parenthesis around the A as in A for all
Partial Job-
                                                                                                                distracters since parenthesis are used in the initial
Link
                                                                                                                conditions. Make this a global change for all
Minutia  
                                                                                                                questions.
#/  
                                                                                            This needs to be fixed before it is Satisfactory.
units
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Back-
                                                                                                1. Changed the second part to as if they had to enter the AOP or
ward
                                                                                                    not to and for rods in MANUAL.
Q=  
                                                                                            Changes SAT.
K/A  
SRO
Only  
4
H
2
X
E
016A2.01, Modified, Higher, Modified question was not supplied with  
package.
1.  
Not sure that the initial information in the stem has a real  
meaning to answer the question. Other than it provides a  
starting point. This can be removed from the stem.  
2.  
The KA requires in the second part to use procedures, while this  
is sort of the way about it, but it does not state what procedure  
just the actions to accomplish the required. Is there a way to  
add procedures in the second part rather than stating it in the  
stem? Ask licensee.  
3.  
Add the word the prior to the word failure in the stem of the  
question. Just to clarify a little.  
Tuesday, October 04, 2011  
1.  
The question as changed still does not meet the KA, in that,  
there is no procedure listed in the answer.   This is awkward! .
2.  
Change the stem to read:  
WOOTF identifies the Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD)  
failure that would cause these indications and the appropriate  
operator actions in accordance with AOP 304.3, Continuous  
Control Ro Motion?  
1.  
Remove the procedure from distracters A and B.
2.  
Add parenthesis around the A as in A for all  
distracters since parenthesis are used in the initial  
conditions.   Make this a global change for all  
questions.  
This needs to be fixed before it is Satisfactory.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Changed the second part to as if they had to enter the AOP or  
not to and for rods in MANUAL.  
Changes SAT.
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            00005G2.1.31, New, Higher,
Q#
                                                                                                1.   How is it known that the alarm provided is the one that comes in
1.  
                                                                                                    FIRST? Was this run on the simulator to prove that it actually is
LOK
                                                                                                    the first? Ask licensee.
(F/H)
                                                                                                2.   Distractor C, P-12 is written differently here on this question
2.  
                                                                                                    than it was written on Question # 2. Is there a reason why?
LOD
                                                                                        E            Should they read the same and change # 2 or does this provide
(1-5)
                                                                                                    information to help decide that on Question # 2 that the
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                    distractor it appears is NOT correct for either. Discuss with
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                    licensee.
5. Other  
                                                                                                3.   KA while it is not a complete match, it appears to cover the
6.  
  5  H    2-3                                                                                      question fairly well. OK
                                                                                                4.   Not sure if distractor is plausible. Need to ask another
U/E/S
                                                                                                    examiner.
7.  
                                                                                            Tuesday, October 04, 2011
   
                                                                                                1.   Why was the questions stem changed?
Explanation
                                                                                                2.   As the question appears the change is ok. Now a Sat question
Stem  
                                                                                        S
Focus
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Cues  
                                                                                                1.   Changed the stem to be clearer. See question. WOOTF will be
T/F  
                                                                                                    received simultaneously with a feedwater isolation signal
Cred.  
                                                                                                    actuation?
Dist.
                                                                                            000007EK2.03, New, Higher,
Partial Job-
                                                                                                1.   The reference material identifies the annunciator to have an
Link
                                                                                        E            intermittent fast flash. This is significant difference from the
Minutia  
                                                                                                    way the question is worded. Recommend that the essence of
#/  
                                                                                                    these words be put in for the answer other distractors that use
units
                                                                                                    the same wording, ie. Distractor B.
Back-
  6  H/F  2-3                                                                                  2.   Do not agree this is higher level. The first part of the question is
ward
                                                                                                    memory, does a failure of the IR cause a rx trip. Also second
Q=  
                                                                                                    part of question, how does the alarm flash. Also could be
K/A  
                                                                                                    memory. Discuss with licensee.
SRO
                                                                                        S      3.   KA appears to match.
Only  
                                                                                            Tuesday, October 04, 2011
5
                                                                                                1.   Question was changed as requested, now satisfactory.
H
2-3
E
00005G2.1.31, New, Higher,
1.  
How is it known that the alarm provided is the one that comes in  
FIRST? Was this run on the simulator to prove that it actually is  
the first? Ask licensee.  
2.  
Distractor C, P-12 is written differently here on this question  
than it was written on Question # 2. Is there a reason why?
Should they read the same and change # 2 or does this provide  
information to help decide that on Question # 2 that the  
distractor it appears is NOT correct for either. Discuss with  
licensee.
3.  
KA while it is not a complete match, it appears to cover the  
question fairly well. OK  
4.  
Not sure if distractor is plausible. Need to ask another
examiner.  
Tuesday, October 04, 2011  
1.  
Why was the questions stem changed?  
2.  
As the question appears the change is ok. Now a Sat question  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Changed the stem to be clearer. See question. WOOTF will be  
received simultaneously with a feedwater isolation signal  
actuation?  
S
6
H/F
2-3
E
000007EK2.03, New, Higher,
1.  
The reference material identifies the annunciator to have an  
intermittent fast flash. This is significant difference from the  
way the question is worded. Recommend that the essence of  
these words be put in for the answer other distractors that use  
the same wording, ie. Distractor B.  
2.  
Do not agree this is higher level. The first part of the question is  
memory, does a failure of the IR cause a rx trip. Also second  
part of question, how does the alarm flash. Also could be  
memory. Discuss with licensee.  
3.  
KA appears to match.  
Tuesday, October 04, 2011  
1.  
Question was changed as requested, now satisfactory.  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Q#
                                                                                                1.   No further changes. Still satisfactory.
1.  
                                                                                            000032AA.2.03, Modified, Knowledge (Fundamental)?
LOK
                                                                                                1.   Remove from stem the word choices it is redundant and not
(F/H)
                                                                                                      necessary. The first sentence can read, in almost every case,
2.  
                                                                                                      Which One of the following (WWOTF)..describes, indicates.
LOD
                                                                                                     
(1-5)
                                                                                                2.   Modified question not supplied.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                3.   When were these new NIs installed? Was everyone in class
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      when they were changed out? Or are the ONLY individuals who
5. Other  
                                                                                                      were around then were the SRO-Us? I would imagine that this
6.  
                                                                                                      is the case. IF this is true, then the plausibility of the OLD
                                                                                        U
U/E/S
                                                                                                      versus the NEW does not bode well for the plausibility.
7.  
                                                                                                4.   The procedure provided actually states to verify AT and not
   
                                                                                                      ABOVE as the question indicates. Could there be an issue with
Explanation
                                                                                                      distractor B, in that, this may be close to the P-6 interlock
Stem  
                                                                                                      (Source Range Permissive). Is this what we are looking at in
Focus
                                                                                                      this question? Discuss with licensee.
Cues  
  7  F    2-3                                                              X                  5.   KA appears to NOT match. The KA asks the expected values
T/F  
                                                                                                      of source range indication when high voltage is automatically
Cred.  
                                                                                                      removed. This is for a LOSS of Source Range NI. Discuss with
Dist.
                                                                                                      licensee.
Partial Job-
                                                                                            Tuesday, October 04, 2011
Link
                                                                                                1.   The question was entirely replaced with a new question.
Minutia  
                                                                                                2.   The KA was changed at the request of the licensee. The NEW
#/  
                                                                                                      KA is 000032AA2.06
units
                                                                                                3.   Question matches KA,
Back-
                                                                                                4.   Put a comma between EOP-12.0 and Monitoring Critical Safety
ward
                                                                                        S            Functions.
Q=  
                                                                                                5.   Otherwise, question appears to be Satisfactory.
K/A  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
SRO
                                                                                            No further changes still ok,. Made minor changes to stem.
Only  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
No further changes. Still satisfactory.
7
F
2-3
X
U
000032AA.2.03, Modified, Knowledge (Fundamental)?  
1.  
Remove from stem the word choices it is redundant and not  
necessary. The first sentence can read, in almost every case,  
Which One of the following (WWOTF)..describes, indicates.  
2.  
Modified question not supplied.  
3.  
When were these new NIs installed? Was everyone in class  
when they were changed out? Or are the ONLY individuals who  
were around then were the SRO-Us? I would imagine that this  
is the case. IF this is true, then the plausibility of the OLD  
versus the NEW does not bode well for the plausibility.  
4.  
The procedure provided actually states to verify AT and not  
ABOVE as the question indicates. Could there be an issue with  
distractor B, in that, this may be close to the P-6 interlock  
(Source Range Permissive). Is this what we are looking at in  
this question? Discuss with licensee.  
5.  
KA appears to NOT match. The KA asks the expected values  
of source range indication when high voltage is automatically  
removed. This is for a LOSS of Source Range NI. Discuss with  
licensee.  
Tuesday, October 04, 2011
1.  
The question was entirely replaced with a new question.  
2.  
The KA was changed at the request of the licensee. The NEW  
KA is 000032AA2.06  
3.  
Question matches KA,
4.  
Put a comma between EOP-12.0 and Monitoring Critical Safety  
Functions.  
5.  
Otherwise, question appears to be Satisfactory.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
No further changes still ok,. Made minor changes to stem.
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            000029EK2.06, New, Higher,
Q#
                                                                                                1.   The question is kind of confusing, in that, the stem is asking
1.  
                                                                                                    about minimum number of malfunctions that would cause a
LOK
                                                                                                    failure of an automatic reactor trip during the situation
(F/H)
                                                                                                    presented. Can this be worded a little differently? Is this like in
2.  
                                                                                                    the answer that there are three malfunctions? This does not
LOD
                                                                                        E            make any sense to me. .
(1-5)
                                                                                                2.   How did the evaluators do?
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                3.   What reference are you going to give? Not sure if it is only
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                    going to be the print of the RTBs and bypass breakers and
5. Other  
                                                                                                    emergency borate flow.
6.  
                                                                                                4.   Is it necessary to have the emergency borate flow there?
  8  H    3                                                                                  5.   KA appears to
U/E/S
                                                                                            Tuesday, October 04, 2011
7.  
                                                                                                1.   This change removed the requirement for the use of a
   
                                                                                                    reference.
Explanation
                                                                                                2.   Question as changed is satisfactory.
Stem  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Focus
                                                                                        S
Cues  
                                                                                                1.   Scott P identified an issue with this question. Will discuss this
T/F  
                                                                                                    on Friday.
Cred.  
                                                                                                Friday, October 14, 2011
Dist.
                                                                                                SAT
Partial Job-
                                                                                            010A4.01, Bank, Higher,
Link
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match\
Minutia  
                                                                                                2.   Question was used on Watts Bar last exam.
#/  
                                                                                                3.   Not a hard question.
units
  9  H    2-3                                                                          S  Tuesday, October 04, 2011
Back-
                                                                                                1.   Made a change to the IC, added statement for group 2 Backup
ward
                                                                                                    heaters. No reason was provided for the added statement.
Q=  
                                                                                                    Added
K/A  
                                                                                                2.   Appears to be Satisfactory
SRO
Only  
8
H
3
E
000029EK2.06, New, Higher,
1.  
The question is kind of confusing, in that, the stem is asking  
about minimum number of malfunctions that would cause a  
failure of an automatic reactor trip during the situation  
presented. Can this be worded a little differently? Is this like in  
the answer that there are three malfunctions? This does not  
make any sense to me. .  
2.  
How did the evaluators do?  
3.  
What reference are you going to give? Not sure if it is only  
going to be the print of the RTBs and bypass breakers and  
emergency borate flow.  
4.  
Is it necessary to have the emergency borate flow there?  
5.  
KA appears to
Tuesday, October 04, 2011
1.  
This change removed the requirement for the use of a  
reference.
2.  
Question as changed is satisfactory.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Scott P identified an issue with this question. Will discuss this  
on Friday.
Friday, October 14, 2011  
SAT  
S
9
H
2-3
S
010A4.01, Bank, Higher,
1.  
KA appears to match\\  
2.  
Question was used on Watts Bar last exam.  
3.  
Not a hard question.  
Tuesday, October 04, 2011  
1.  
Made a change to the IC, added statement for group 2 Backup  
heaters. No reason was provided for the added statement.
Added
2.  
Appears to be Satisfactory  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            063K4.04, New, Fundamental,
Q#
                                                                                                  1.   THE KA does not match. This is almost the way it can be but it
1.  
                                                                                                      is talking about DC power and Trips, this would be better to
LOK
                                                                                                      identify what electrical trips are not available for the DG or only
(F/H)
                                                                                                      the TRIPS associated with electrical. BUT they do not mean the
2.  
                                                                                        U
LOD
                                                                                                      mechanical trips how to stop the DG. Loss of Electrical power
(1-5)
                                                                                                      causes the loss of most trips which ones do not get bypassed.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      The DG overspeed and the DG reverse power trip. This needs
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      to be corrected. Discuss with licensee.
5. Other  
                                                                                            Tuesday, October 04, 2011
6.  
                                                                                                  2.   Question was completely replaced.
                                                                                                  3.   The question asks what is the response of the EDG during the
U/E/S
                                                                                                      loss of All A train DC power. Ask it this way! The question
7.  
                                                                                                      asks the response, which would indicate something should
   
10                                                                                                    happen. However from the answer, nothing happens. It is
Explanation
                                                                                        E
Stem  
                                                                                                      really asking what is the status of the EDG, running or tripped?
Focus
                                                                                                      This is the way it should be asked, that status, not response.
Cues  
                                                                                                  4.   To make it more valid, need to add what test is being done so
T/F  
                                                                                                      that the operator understands what the situation is with the
Cred.  
                                                                                                      EDG. Can this be added to the initial conditions.               ASK
Dist.
                                                                                                      LICENSEE.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                  5.   Each distractor has a loss of DC power, it is already asked in
Link
                                                                                                      the stem, it is not necessary in each distractor. Remove the
Minutia  
                                                                                                      statement due to a loss of DC power.
#/  
                                                                                                  6.   Same idea with second question, either there is or is not
units
                                                                                                      protected.
Back-
                                                                                            Therefore re write the question to read
ward
                                                                                            After the ICs
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
10
U
063K4.04, New, Fundamental,  
1.  
THE KA does not match. This is almost the way it can be but it  
is talking about DC power and Trips, this would be better to  
identify what electrical trips are not available for the DG or only  
the TRIPS associated with electrical. BUT they do not mean the  
mechanical trips how to stop the DG. Loss of Electrical power  
causes the loss of most trips which ones do not get bypassed.
The DG overspeed and the DG reverse power trip. This needs  
to be corrected. Discuss with licensee.  
Tuesday, October 04, 2011  
2.  
Question was completely replaced.  
3.  
The question asks what is the response of the EDG during the  
loss of All A train DC power. Ask it this way! The question
asks the response, which would indicate something should
happen. However from the answer, nothing happens. It is
really asking what is the status of the EDG, running or tripped?
This is the way it should be asked, that status, not response.  
4.  
To make it more valid, need to add what test is being done so
that the operator understands what the situation is with the
EDG. Can this be added to the initial conditions.   ASK
LICENSEE.  
5.  
Each distractor has a loss of DC power, it is already asked in
the stem, it is not necessary in each distractor. Remove the
statement due to a loss of DC power.  
6.  
Same idea with second question, either there is or is not
protected.  
Therefore re write the question to read  
After the ICs  
E


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            WOOTF describes a) the status of the EDG following the loss of DC
Q#
                                                                                            power and b). the protection 1DA has from the 51 overcurrent trip.
1.  
                                                                                                A.) a.) EDG will trip
LOK
                                                                                                        b.) 1DA is protected by the 51 trips.
(F/H)
                                                                                                B.) a.) EG will trip
2.  
                                                                                                        b.) 1DA is not protected by the 51 trips
LOD
                                                                                                C.) a.) EDG will remain running
(1-5)
                                                                                                        b.) 1DA is protected by the 51 trips
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            D.) a.) EDG will remain running
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                b.) 1DA is not protected by the 51 trips
5. Other  
                                                                                            with this change it should be easier to read and will be Satisfactory.
6.  
                                                                                        S
                                                                                            Licensee please make this change to this question and ensure we still
U/E/S
                                                                                            have a valid question.
7.  
                                                                                            Basically the question is ok, just look at the above and note the changes
   
                                                                                            that will help shorten and make it easier to read for the applicants.
Explanation
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Stem  
                                                                                                1.     needed to add words to the stem to identify closer what was
Focus
                                                                                                        being asked.
Cues  
                                                                                                2.     Additionally, added output to the EDG breaker and the noun
T/F  
                                                                                                        name to the breaker to be clearer.
Cred.  
                                                                                            SAT
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
WOOTF describes a) the status of the EDG following the loss of DC
power and b). the protection 1DA has from the 51 overcurrent trip.  
A.) a.) EDG will trip  
b.) 1DA is protected by the 51 trips.  
B.) a.) EG will trip  
b.) 1DA is not protected by the 51 trips  
C.) a.) EDG will remain running  
b.) 1DA is protected by the 51 trips  
D.) a.) EDG will remain running  
      b.) 1DA is not protected by the 51 trips  
with this change it should be easier to read and will be Satisfactory.
Licensee please make this change to this question and ensure we still
have a valid question.  
Basically the question is ok, just look at the above and note the changes
that will help shorten and make it easier to read for the applicants.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
needed to add words to the stem to identify closer what was
being asked.
2.  
Additionally, added output to the EDG breaker and the noun
name to the breaker to be clearer.
SAT  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                             Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other     6.                                             7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO      U/E/S                                        Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                  022K1.01, New, Fundamental,
Q#
                                                                                                      1.   KA appears to match
1.  
                                                                                      U if #2 is
LOK
                                                                                                      2.  Distractors B and D second part do not seem plausible. After
(F/H)
                                                                                        correct
2.  
                                                                                                            reading the analysis it seems like they may be ok, but, I am
LOD
                                                                                      and OK
(1-5)
                                                                                                            going to ask G. Laska, tomorrow to see how he feels about this
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                      otherwise.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                            part of the distractor. It does not sit well with me, it seems to be
5. Other  
                                                                                                            easy to eliminate them.
6.  
                                                                                                  Tuesday, October 04, 2011
                                                                                                      1.   Second part of distracters C and D have been changed.
U/E/S
                                                                                                      2.   Are there vacuum relief valves on the return lines of the
7.  
                                                                                                            RBCUs? This is a question I am not sure of. Need to ask the
   
11  F  2--3                                                                                              licensee if this is a true statement or is it something made up.
Explanation
                                                                                        E/U          3.   This needs some more work to understand what is or is not
Stem  
                                                                                                            happening. IS there something like what is described in
Focus
                                                                                                            distracters C and D available on any other system? Ask
Cues  
                                                                                                            licensee. If there is NO other system that has this kind of
T/F  
                                                                                                            vacuum relief valves then these distractors are unsat.
Cred.  
                                                                                                  Friday, October 14, 2011
Dist.
                                                                                            s          1.   Question was replaced.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      2.   See new question as SAT
Link
                                                                                                      3.   SAT
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
11
F
2--3
U if #2 is
correct
and OK
otherwise.
022K1.01, New, Fundamental,
1.  
KA appears to match  
2.
Distractors B and D second part do not seem plausible. After  
reading the analysis it seems like they may be ok, but, I am  
going to ask G. Laska, tomorrow to see how he feels about this  
part of the distractor. It does not sit well with me, it seems to be  
easy to eliminate them.  
Tuesday, October 04, 2011  
1.  
Second part of distracters C and D have been changed.  
2.  
Are there vacuum relief valves on the return lines of the  
RBCUs? This is a question I am not sure of. Need to ask the  
licensee if this is a true statement or is it something made up.  
3.  
This needs some more work to understand what is or is not  
happening.   IS there something like what is described in  
distracters C and D available on any other system? Ask  
licensee. If there is NO other system that has this kind of  
vacuum relief valves then these distractors are unsat.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Question was replaced.
2.  
See new question as SAT  
3.  
SAT  
E/U
s


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                         Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                           7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            064K1.05, Higher, VCS Closed Bank
Q#
                                                                                                1.   Remove reason for DG will not start from the Main Control
1.  
                                                                                                      Room (MCR), faulty wiring. All they need to know is it will not
LOK
                                                                                                      start from the MCR. Done
(F/H)
                                                                                                2.   In the bulleted part, the A in the third bullet is not in quotes as it
2.  
                                                                                                      is in the stem of the question. Write it one way or the other, I do
LOD
                                                                                                      not care which method is used, just be consistent. Same for
(1-5)
                                                                                                      distractor D with the A or just A.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                        E
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                3.   The A distractor uses a period and the rest do not have periods,
5. Other  
                                                                                                      be consistent within and all questions. Either way is ok with me.
6.  
                                                                                                4.   KA appears to match
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
U/E/S
                                                                                                1.   After reviewing this question again, the question asks if the EDG
7.  
                                                                                                      will be prevented from coming up to speed. It does not say
   
                                                                                                      start, it states come up to speed. This is key in understanding
Explanation
                                                                                                2.   The air start system ONLY provides air to turn the crankshaft to
Stem  
12  H    2-3
Focus
                                                                                                      allow the combustion cycle to start, thats what causes this to
Cues  
                                                                                                      come up to speed. The air system would not get the EDG to
T/F  
                                                                                                      operating speed.
Cred.  
                                                                                                3.   If an operator ONLY depresses the air start system valve, does
Dist.
                                                                                                      this then start the EDG or does the operator have to place a
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      start signal to the circuit for the EDG to actually start? Was the
Link
                                                                                                      action that INITIALLY started the EDG that locked IN? SO did
Minutia  
                                                                                        S            the DG have a start signal that would allow the DG to run after
#/  
                                                                                                      the engine is turned over???? ASK LICENSEE. I am not sure
units
                                                                                                      that this is clear and if it is, then the distractors may not be
Back-
                                                                                                      plausible. DISCUSS.
ward
                                                                                                4.   ADD to the stem WOOTF . IAW AOP 304.3. Is this the
Q=  
                                                                                                      procedure
K/A  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
SRO
                                                                                            SATISFACTORY
Only  
12
H
2-3
E
064K1.05, Higher, VCS Closed Bank  
1.  
Remove reason for DG will not start from the Main Control  
Room (MCR), faulty wiring. All they need to know is it will not  
start from the MCR. Done  
2.  
In the bulleted part, the A in the third bullet is not in quotes as it  
is in the stem of the question. Write it one way or the other, I do  
not care which method is used, just be consistent. Same for  
distractor D with the A or just A.  
3.  
The A distractor uses a period and the rest do not have periods,  
be consistent within and all questions. Either way is ok with me.  
4.  
KA appears to match  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
After reviewing this question again, the question asks if the EDG
will be prevented from coming up to speed. It does not say  
start, it states come up to speed. This is key in understanding
2.  
The air start system ONLY provides air to turn the crankshaft to  
allow the combustion cycle to start, thats what causes this to  
come up to speed. The air system would not get the EDG to  
operating speed.  
3.  
If an operator ONLY depresses the air start system valve, does  
this then start the EDG or does the operator have to place a  
start signal to the circuit for the EDG to actually start? Was the  
action that INITIALLY started the EDG that locked IN? SO did  
the DG have a start signal that would allow the DG to run after  
the engine is turned over???? ASK LICENSEE. I am not sure  
that this is clear and if it is, then the distractors may not be  
plausible. DISCUSS.  
4.  
ADD to the stem WOOTF . IAW AOP 304.3. Is this the  
procedure  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
SATISFACTORY  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            W/E10EK3.4, BANK, VCS closed , higher
Q#
                                                                                                1.   Is this abbreviation something the applicants would know,
1.  
                                                                                        E            ESFLSs? Should we have it spelled out to begin with? Ask
LOK
                                                                                                      Licensee.
(F/H)
                                                                                                2.   Why in the stem do we NOT use the actual procedure the crew
2.  
                                                                                                      would be in?
LOD
                                                                                                3.   KA does it match? Well kind of. The KA speaks to adhered to
(1-5)
                                                                                                      and the limitations in the facilitys license and amendments are
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                        S            not violated. This is not covered in this question. Discuss with
4. Job Content Flaws  
13  H    2-3                                                                                  4.   licensee. Need to have another examiner review for KA match.
5. Other  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
6.  
                                                                                                1.   The question as changed appears to be ok.
                                                                                                2.   No further changes warranted.
U/E/S
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
7.  
                                                                                        S
   
                                                                                            Minor changes from validation comments, see exam for changes.
Explanation
                                                                                            ADDED MINIMUM in the stem
Stem  
                                                                                            SAT.
Focus
                                                                                            000057AA.2.12, MOD, VCS Closed, Higher.
Cues  
                                                                                                1.   APN-5901 thru 5904, what is the noun name of that bus? Is
T/F  
                                                                                                      there any?
Cred.  
                                                                                                2.   Are operators expected to know this information from memory?
Dist.
                                                                                                3.   Is 5902 channel II?
Partial Job-
                                                                                                4.   Low level higher question, really is memory, how if not
Link
                                                                                                      memorized anyone would know this.
Minutia  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
#/  
14  H    2                                                                          S        1.   Question Matches KA
units
                                                                                                2.   Why not add the high PZRP level alarm annunciator alarm that
Back-
                                                                                                      should come in also? Ask if this does come in and add it if it
ward
                                                                                                      does. Discuss with licensee. Minor enhancement, but it would
Q=  
                                                                                                      make the question more technically correct.
K/A  
                                                                                                3.   Other than that, it is appears to be ok.
SRO
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Only  
                                                                                                1.   Added appropriate alarms that came in, as asked.
13
                                                                                                2.   SATISFACTORY.
H
2-3
E
W/E10EK3.4, BANK, VCS closed , higher
1.  
Is this abbreviation something the applicants would know,  
ESFLSs? Should we have it spelled out to begin with? Ask  
Licensee.  
2.  
Why in the stem do we NOT use the actual procedure the crew  
would be in?  
3.  
KA does it match? Well kind of. The KA speaks to adhered to  
and the limitations in the facilitys license and amendments are  
not violated. This is not covered in this question. Discuss with
4.  
licensee. Need to have another examiner review for KA match.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
The question as changed appears to be ok.  
2.  
No further changes warranted.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
Minor changes from validation comments, see exam for changes.  
ADDED MINIMUM in the stem  
SAT.
S
S
14
H
2
S
000057AA.2.12, MOD, VCS Closed, Higher.  
1.  
APN-5901 thru 5904, what is the noun name of that bus? Is  
there any?  
2.  
Are operators expected to know this information from memory?  
3.  
Is 5902 channel II?  
4.  
Low level higher question, really is memory, how if not  
memorized anyone would know this.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Question Matches KA  
2.  
Why not add the high PZRP level alarm annunciator alarm that  
should come in also? Ask if this does come in and add it if it  
does. Discuss with licensee. Minor enhancement, but it would  
make the question more technically correct.
3.  
Other than that, it is appears to be ok.
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Added appropriate alarms that came in, as asked.  
2.  
SATISFACTORY.


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            064A3.03, New, Higher,
Q#
                                                                                                1.   Is there a noun name for XTF-31? If so, add it to the stem.
1.  
                                                                                                2.   Distractors C and D, second part are NOT plausible. The
LOK
                                                                                                      operator applicants all have observed DG starts and know that
(F/H)
                                                                                                      there is not a cycling of the frequency as described. Something
2.  
                                                                                                      better has to be used. The way this is it is not plausible. This is
LOD
                                                                                        U            describing sequencing. Lets just say that. Frequency
(1-5)
                                                                                                      fluctuates as the load sequencer sequences.  
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                3.   The analysis does not describe the function of XTF-31 or where
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      to find information about it. No reference identified.
5. Other  
                                                                                                4.   The stem is difficult to read. Which choice below identifies the
6.  
                                                                                                      following with regard to.. With regard to the A DG response,
                                                                                                      which one of the following (WOOTF). May read better.
U/E/S
15   H    2                          X
7.  
                                                                                            Use recommendation above. Should be a S then.
   
                                                                                        U  Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Explanation
                                                                                                1.   None of the suggestions were used.
Stem  
                                                                                                2.   Answer D is another correct answer. This makes the question
Focus
                                                                                                      unsat.
Cues  
                                                                                                3.   D has to be changed to make this question sat. Discuss with
T/F  
                                                                                                      licensee.
Cred.  
                                                                                        S
Dist.
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Partial Job-
                                                                                                1.   SAT SEE EXAM CHANGES.
Link
                                                                                            063A2.01, New, Lower,
Minutia  
                                                                                                1.   The questions KA was replaced with 063A3.01. This should be
#/  
                                                                                      E/S            in the header of the question. Replace 2.01 with 3.01 in the
units
16  F    2                          X                                                              header. Otherwise, it does not make sense for the question.
Back-
                                                                                                2.   It states Local indication, is there no location where battery
ward
                                                                                                      voltage can be observed? This is not clear and should ensure
Q=  
                                                                                                      this is not another provable answer. Discuss with licensee.
K/A  
SRO
Only  
15
H
2
X
U
064A3.03, New, Higher,
1.  
Is there a noun name for XTF-31? If so, add it to the stem.  
2.  
Distractors C and D, second part are NOT plausible. The  
operator applicants all have observed DG starts and know that  
there is not a cycling of the frequency as described. Something  
better has to be used. The way this is it is not plausible. This is  
describing sequencing. Lets just say that. Frequency  
fluctuates as the load sequencer sequences.  
3.  
The analysis does not describe the function of XTF-31 or where  
to find information about it. No reference identified.  
4.  
The stem is difficult to read. Which choice below identifies the  
following with regard to.. With regard to the A DG response,  
which one of the following (WOOTF). May read better.   
Use recommendation above. Should be a S then.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
None of the suggestions were used.  
2.  
Answer D is another correct answer. This makes the question  
unsat.  
3.  
D has to be changed to make this question sat. Discuss with  
licensee.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
SAT SEE EXAM CHANGES.
U
S
16
F
2
X
E/S
063A2.01, New, Lower,
1.  
The questions KA was replaced with 063A3.01. This should be  
in the header of the question. Replace 2.01 with 3.01 in the  
header. Otherwise, it does not make sense for the question.  
2.  
It states Local indication, is there no location where battery  
voltage can be observed? This is not clear and should ensure  
this is not another provable answer. Discuss with licensee.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                3.   KA appears to match.
Q#
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
                                                                                                1.   Licensee identifies there is a LOCAL battery meter, provides a
LOK
                                                                                        U            reference, reference was not submitted to identify that there are
(F/H)
                                                                                                      local battery meters. Are there 126 v and 108 v system local
2.  
                                                                                                      meters.
LOD
                                                                                                2.   Licensee states that the procedure means in the reference
(1-5)
                                                                                                      monitor Batter Bus Voltage throughout this procedure implies
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      the MCB. If this is the case WHY would anyone select LOCAL
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      for reading the battery bus voltage? Why is it plausible? With
5. Other  
                                                                                                      this new information, distractors B and C are NOT plausible.
6.  
                                                                                                      Discuss with licensee. This makes this question UNSAT.
                                                                                        S
U/E/S
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
7.  
                                                                                            CHANGES SAT
   
                                                                                            062A2.01, Bank, Higher,
Explanation
                                                                                                1.   Add to the stem the procedure they would actually be in.
Stem  
                                                                                        E        2.   Why is it necessary to add on low flow in both A and B. This is
Focus
                                                                                                      not necessary and can be deleted.
Cues  
                                                                                                3.   Why is it necessary for the 1 minute time after the event?
T/F  
                                                                                                      Discuss with licensee.
Cred.  
                                                                                                4.   KA appears to match.
Dist.
                                                                                        S  Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Partial Job-
17   H    2-3
Link
                                                                                                1.   ADD to the question the procedure, SOP-XX the crew would be
Minutia  
                                                                                                      in, in addition, to the GOP. Is there another one to parallel the
#/  
                                                                                                      MTG?
units
                                                                                                2.   Question modified as requested, appears to be SAT.
Back-
                                                                                        S  Friday, October 14, 2011
ward
                                                                                                1.   SAT NO CHANGES MADE.
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
U
3.  
KA appears to match.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Licensee identifies there is a LOCAL battery meter, provides a  
reference, reference was not submitted to identify that there are  
local battery meters. Are there 126 v and 108 v system local  
meters.  
2.  
Licensee states that the procedure means in the reference  
monitor Batter Bus Voltage throughout this procedure implies  
the MCB. If this is the case WHY would anyone select LOCAL  
for reading the battery bus voltage? Why is it plausible? With  
this new information, distractors B and C are NOT plausible.
Discuss with licensee. This makes this question UNSAT.    
Friday, October 14, 2011  
CHANGES SAT  
S
17
H
2-3
E
062A2.01, Bank, Higher,
1.  
Add to the stem the procedure they would actually be in.  
2.  
Why is it necessary to add on low flow in both A and B. This is  
not necessary and can be deleted.
3.  
Why is it necessary for the 1 minute time after the event?
Discuss with licensee.  
4.  
KA appears to match.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011   
1.  
ADD to the question the procedure, SOP-XX the crew would be  
in, in addition, to the GOP. Is there another one to parallel the  
MTG?  
2.  
Question modified as requested, appears to be SAT.
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
SAT NO CHANGES MADE.
S
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                    Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            045 G2.4.3, Bank, Higher.
Q#
                                                                                                  1.   Add noun name for 1A1X. This may or may not be necessary
1.  
                                                                                                  2.   KA appears to almost match. This is a borderline analysis.
LOK
                                                                                                  3.   The questions KA discusses use of annunciator alarms,
(F/H)
                                                                                                      indications or procedure response. The question uses a ARP
2.  
                                                                                                      that came in based on loss of a power supply. The correct
LOD
                                                                                                      answer analysis uses the AOP. The answer to the question
(1-5)
                                                                                                      does not use a procedure but identifies how the system works.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                        S              The question barely matches the KA. Discuss with licensee.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                  4.   The manual adjustment of the field provides the reason for the
5. Other  
                                                                                                      first part of the question. This really has nothing to do with the
6.  
                                                                                                      procedure. What is the response procedure we are answering
                                                                                                      in this question? Discuss with licensee
U/E/S
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
7.  
                                                                                                  1.   Why was the question changed from the loss of 1A1X to the
   
                                                                                                      Regulator Core Alarm? This was not suggested in the above?
Explanation
                                                                                                      Discuss with licensee! SO IT WAS CLOSER TO KA
Stem  
                                                                                                  2.   The new question provides information as to why the
Focus
18  H    2-3                                                                                        annunciator came in. AND provides the ARP correct actions to
Cues  
                                                                                                      address this event. The skill set is different for answering this
T/F  
                                                                                                      question than for the first question.
Cred.  
                                                                                                  3.   The first part of each distractor should have the words load
Dist.
                                                                                                      will vary, with either load will increase, or load will
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      decrease. This will then make the question more operationally
Link
                                                                                                      valid. What will have happen to the reactive or real load.
Minutia  
                                                                                                      Basically, as it sits the operator does not have to know what the
#/  
                                                                                                      action taken will do.
units
                                                                                        S        4.   Additionally, the second part of the question has to be re-written
Back-
                                                                                                      to the following: AND based on a over temperature condition
ward
                                                                                                      how the Main Generator Voltage Regulator will respond.
Q=  
                                                                                                      Currently, the question does not really identify that the condition
K/A  
                                                                                                      is higher than the information provided in the IC.
SRO
                                                                                            Recommendations:
Only  
                                                                                            If the above are followed the question will be considered SAT.
18
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
H
2-3
S
045 G2.4.3, Bank, Higher.  
1.  
Add noun name for 1A1X. This may or may not be necessary  
2.  
KA appears to almost match. This is a borderline analysis.  
3.  
The questions KA discusses use of annunciator alarms,  
indications or procedure response. The question uses a ARP  
that came in based on loss of a power supply. The correct  
answer analysis uses the AOP. The answer to the question  
does not use a procedure but identifies how the system works.
The question barely matches the KA. Discuss with licensee.  
4.  
The manual adjustment of the field provides the reason for the  
first part of the question. This really has nothing to do with the  
procedure. What is the response procedure we are answering  
in this question? Discuss with licensee  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Why was the question changed from the loss of 1A1X to the  
Regulator Core Alarm? This was not suggested in the above?
Discuss with licensee! SO IT WAS CLOSER TO KA  
2.  
The new question provides information as to why the  
annunciator came in. AND provides the ARP correct actions to  
address this event. The skill set is different for answering this  
question than for the first question.  
3.  
The first part of each distractor should have the words load  
will vary, with either load will increase, or load will  
decrease. This will then make the question more operationally  
valid. What will have happen to the reactive or real load.
Basically, as it sits the operator does not have to know what the  
action taken will do.  
4.  
Additionally, the second part of the question has to be re-written  
to the following: AND based on a over temperature condition  
how the Main Generator Voltage Regulator will respond.
Currently, the question does not really identify that the condition  
is higher than the information provided in the IC.
Recommendations:  
If the above are followed the question will be considered SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                           7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                      Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            MADE CHANGES TO THE QUESTION. See changes on exam
Q#
                                                                                            SATISFACTORY.
1.  
LOK
(F/H)
2.  
LOD
(1-5)
3. Psychometric Flaws  
4. Job Content Flaws  
5. Other  
6.  
U/E/S
7.  
   
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
MADE CHANGES TO THE QUESTION. See changes on exam  
SATISFACTORY.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            026K2.01, New, Higher,
Q#
                                                                                                1.   I do not understand why the 480 v bus is a plausible distractor.
1.  
                                                                                                    I understand what is written, however, I do not understand why
LOK
                                                                                                    that is plausible.
(F/H)
                                                                                                2.   The analysis does not explain the function of the XCP-639 point
2.  
                                                                                                    6-4 BUS 1DX LCKOUT 86 B. The ARP was not provided. It
LOD
                                                                                                    should have been.
(1-5)
                                                                                                3.   Does the Reactor building Spray pump get any control power
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                    from the 480V bus? Does the 480 V bus 1DA1 bus get
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                        E            powered from the 7.2KV Bus 1DA.
5. Other  
                                                                                                4.   No information provided about the lockout
6.  
                                                                                                5.   KA appears to match.
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
U/E/S
                                                                                                1.   The question stem was changed from the submittal. The
7.  
                                                                                                    information asked for is in a different order than those of the
   
                                                                                                    answers. The question stem asks for the location of the breaker
Explanation
                                                                                                    and the ultimate power supply. The distractors answer the
Stem  
19  H    3                                                                                        power supply and then where power comes from. The question
Focus
                                                                                                    does NOT elicit the answers. Again, stem asks for the
Cues  
                                                                                                    LOCATION of breaker and answers identify From power supply,
T/F  
                                                                                                    ie from offsite power, from the A EDG. Doesnt Location mean
Cred.  
                                                                                                    the BUS it is on, 1DA, on or the building it bus sits in. This now
Dist.
                                                                                                    makes this question UNSAT.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                2.   I still do not believe that the 480 V bus is plausible. Discuss
Link
                                                                                                    directly with licensee to understand why anyone would select A
Minutia  
                                                                                                    or B and that a Safety Related Motor would be ONLY 480 volts.
#/  
                                                                                                    While this was characterized as an E, it initially should have
units
                                                                                                    been characterized as a U. Regardless, of the characterization
Back-
                                                                                        U            the question has two distractors that have been determined as
ward
                                                                                                    implausible and therefore is UNSAT. The licensee did not
Q=  
                                                                                                    provide a good reason why the less than competent operator
K/A  
                                                                                                    would select a pump that is safety related and is powered from
SRO
                                                                                                    the 480V power supply.
Only  
                                                                                                3.   IS 1 EA powered in this instance with 1 DA? What is the
19
                                                                                                    voltage of 1EA1 bus? Discuss if either of these buses are
H
3
E
026K2.01, New, Higher,
1.  
I do not understand why the 480 v bus is a plausible distractor.
I understand what is written, however, I do not understand why  
that is plausible.  
2.  
The analysis does not explain the function of the XCP-639 point  
6-4 BUS 1DX LCKOUT 86 B. The ARP was not provided. It  
should have been.  
3.  
Does the Reactor building Spray pump get any control power  
from the 480V bus? Does the 480 V bus 1DA1 bus get  
powered from the 7.2KV Bus 1DA.  
4.  
No information provided about the lockout  
5.  
KA appears to match.
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
The question stem was changed from the submittal. The  
information asked for is in a different order than those of the  
answers. The question stem asks for the location of the breaker  
and the ultimate power supply. The distractors answer the  
power supply and then where power comes from. The question  
does NOT elicit the answers. Again, stem asks for the  
LOCATION of breaker and answers identify From power supply,  
ie from offsite power, from the A EDG. Doesnt Location mean  
the BUS it is on, 1DA, on or the building it bus sits in. This now  
makes this question UNSAT.  
2.  
I still do not believe that the 480 V bus is plausible. Discuss  
directly with licensee to understand why anyone would select A  
or B and that a Safety Related Motor would be ONLY 480 volts.  
While this was characterized as an E, it initially should have  
been characterized as a U. Regardless, of the characterization  
the question has two distractors that have been determined as  
implausible and therefore is UNSAT. The licensee did not  
provide a good reason why the less than competent operator  
would select a pump that is safety related and is powered from  
the 480V power supply.  
3.  
IS 1 EA powered in this instance with 1 DA? What is the  
voltage of 1EA1 bus? Discuss if either of these buses are  
U


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      plausible under the plant conditions listed in the IC.
Q#
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
1.  
                                                                                                1.   #2 1DA is ok as a distractor because the rhr and spray pumps
LOK
                                                                                                      are in the same room, however, they are powered from different
(F/H)
                                                                                                      buses.
2.  
                                                                                            Question is sat.
LOD
                                                                                        S
(1-5)
                                                                                            001K2.01,Modified, Higher,
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                2.   So 1DA2 and 1DB2 are safeguards buses? I dont understand
5. Other  
                                                                                        E
6.  
                                                                                                      why these are plausible! It seems like we are comparing apples
                                                                                                      and oranges, in that, one is 7200v and the other is 480v.
U/E/S
                                                                                                      Discuss with licensee
7.  
                                                                                                3.   Need to understand why those in 2 are plausible.
   
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Explanation
                                                                                                1.   Why was the power supplies identified at the next lower voltage
Stem  
20  H    2-3                                                                          U            power? Why not use buses 1B3 and 1C2 as the alternate
Focus
                                                                                                      answers for distractors B and D? Discuss with licensee.
Cues  
                                                                                                2.   Why is the above not as good or better answer than 1A3X and
T/F  
                                                                                                      1C3X?
Cred.  
                                                                                                3.   Question has two implausible distractors B and D, this is the
Dist.
                                                                                                      same type of argument identified in question 19 using different
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      power supplies one being a lower voltage than the other.
Link
                                                                                        S
Minutia  
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
#/  
                                                                                                1.   Used the suggestion above, as 480 switch gear.
units
                                                                                                2.   SAT
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
plausible under the plant conditions listed in the IC.  
Monday, October 17, 2011
1.  
#2 1DA is ok as a distractor because the rhr and spray pumps  
are in the same room, however, they are powered from different  
buses.
Question is sat.
20
H
2-3
E
001K2.01,Modified, Higher,
1.  
KA appears to match  
2.  
So 1DA2 and 1DB2 are safeguards buses? I dont understand  
why these are plausible! It seems like we are comparing apples  
and oranges, in that, one is 7200v and the other is 480v.
Discuss with licensee  
3.  
Need to understand why those in 2 are plausible.
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Why was the power supplies identified at the next lower voltage  
power? Why not use buses 1B3 and 1C2 as the alternate  
answers for distractors B and D? Discuss with licensee.  
2.  
Why is the above not as good or better answer than 1A3X and  
1C3X?  
3.  
Question has two implausible distractors B and D, this is the  
same type of argument identified in question 19 using different  
power supplies one being a lower voltage than the other.  
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
Used the suggestion above, as 480 switch gear.  
2.  
SAT  
U
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            000055EA2.06. New, Knowledge,
Q#
                                                                                                1.   No reference diagram for power line up. Discussed in the
1.  
                                                                                      E/S          analysis of the answer but that is hard if not impossible to
LOK
                                                                                                    understand without a diagram.
(F/H)
                                                                                                2.   Does the conditions of the stem put the plant in a Station
2.  
                                                                                                    Blackout? Not sure it does. Ask licensee.
LOD
                                                                                                3.   The KA talks about clearing an item to allow re-energization.
(1-5)
                                                                                                    The question concerns itself with preventing closing. Its a little
3. Psychometric Flaws  
21  F    3                                                                X                      difference but it is not the KA requirements. Discuss with
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                    licensee.
5. Other  
                                                                                                4.   Have licensee explain this question with references.
6.  
                                                                                        S
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
U/E/S
                                                                                                1.   Question is OK as it is. No further changes necessary.
7.  
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
   
                                                                                                1.   Sat
Explanation
                                                                                            0000056AK3.02, New, Knowledge,
Stem  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match
Focus
                                                                                                2.   Distractors A and B do not make sense, in that, placing the
Cues  
                                                                                                    Service Water pumps in PTL, Pull to Lock, does not make
T/F  
                                                                                        U            sense to remove the cooling medium for the EDGs.
Cred.  
                                                                                                3.   The second part of B and D are not plausible to me. To
Dist.
                                                                                                    immediately provide a heat sink for CCW. This does not seem
Partial Job-
                                                                                                    plausible. The system being without power, CCW that is, has
Link
                                                                                                    no ability to cool anything, no heat transfer is being
Minutia  
22  F    2-3                        X                                                            accomplished, so when power comes back the heat load on
#/  
                                                                                                    CCW should be low, so an IMMEDIATE requirement will not
units
                                                                                                    appeal to any of the applicants. This needs to be changed.
Back-
                                                                                                4.   Fix both sets of concerns.
ward
                                                                                        U  Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Q=  
                                                                                                1.   First issue was corrected, however, now we have numerous
K/A  
                                                                                                    reasons for doing this. Why only 2 in the 2 by 2 format.
SRO
                                                                                                2.   Second part of B is still not plausible. Needs to be fixed.
Only  
21
F
3
X
E/S
000055EA2.06. New, Knowledge,
1.  
No reference diagram for power line up. Discussed in the  
analysis of the answer but that is hard if not impossible to  
understand without a diagram.  
2.  
Does the conditions of the stem put the plant in a Station  
Blackout? Not sure it does. Ask licensee.  
3.  
The KA talks about clearing an item to allow re-energization.
The question concerns itself with preventing closing. Its a little  
difference but it is not the KA requirements. Discuss with  
licensee.
4.  
Have licensee explain this question with references.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Question is OK as it is. No further changes necessary.  
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
Sat  
S
22
F
2-3
X
U
0000056AK3.02, New, Knowledge,
1.  
KA appears to match  
2.  
Distractors A and B do not make sense, in that, placing the  
Service Water pumps in PTL, Pull to Lock, does not make  
sense to remove the cooling medium for the EDGs.  
3.  
The second part of B and D are not plausible to me. To  
immediately provide a heat sink for CCW. This does not seem  
plausible. The system being without power, CCW that is, has  
no ability to cool anything, no heat transfer is being  
accomplished, so when power comes back the heat load on  
CCW should be low, so an IMMEDIATE requirement will not  
appeal to any of the applicants. This needs to be changed.  
4.  
Fix both sets of concerns.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
First issue was corrected, however, now we have numerous  
reasons for doing this. Why only 2 in the 2 by 2 format.  
2.  
Second part of B is still not plausible. Needs to be fixed.
U


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                3.   Second part of second part of D needs to be replaced. Not
Q#
                                                                                                    plausible.
1.  
                                                                                                4.   Use second part of C in B and then use the second part of A in
LOK
                                                                                                    D. Then it will be sat until fixed remains unsat.
(F/H)
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
2.  
                                                                                        S
LOD
                                                                                                1.   Followed the above suggestion.
(1-5)
                                                                                                2.   Changed the order of distractors to have them look like the
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                    other questions.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                3.   Also changed the loss
5. Other  
                                                                                            SAT
6.  
                                                                                            071A1.06, Modified, Knowledge,
                                                                                                1.   In the stem, separate the wind direction from the speed. Make
U/E/S
                                                                                                    wind speed a separate bullet.
7.  
                                                                                                2.   IS there a reason why the procedure that is governing the
   
                                                                                                    release is not being identified? I think it should be in the stem.
Explanation
                                                                                                3.   What is actually going to be provided to the applicants for the
Stem  
                                                                                                    reference? Is it just the SOP-119, Table A? IF so the reference
Focus
23  F    2                                                                          S            should be ok to be provided.
Cues  
                                                                                                4.   Original question not provided.
T/F  
                                                                                                5.   KA appears to match.
Cred.  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Dist.
                                                                                                1.   Question changed as requested, question SAT.
Partial Job-
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
Link
                                                                                                1.   SAT
Minutia  
                                                                                            039A1.05, New, Knowledge,
#/  
                                                                                                1.   KA speaks to Main and Reheat Steam and ability to predict and
units
                                                                                                    or monitor changes in Tave (without exceeding design limits)
Back-
                                                                                                    associated with operating the MRSS controls. What is the
ward
24  F    2                                                                X          U            design limit in this question? Could use the 547 and 543 to
Q=  
                                                                                                    make it a 2 by 2, but as it sits it does not match.
K/A  
                                                                                                2.   Distractor C does not appear to be plausible due to system
SRO
                                                                                                    alignment.
Only  
                                                                                                3.   Also distractor D does not seem plausible because this is
S
3.  
Second part of second part of D needs to be replaced. Not  
plausible.  
4.  
Use second part of C in B and then use the second part of A in  
D. Then it will be sat until fixed remains unsat.  
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
Followed the above suggestion.  
2.  
Changed the order of distractors to have them look like the  
other questions.  
3.  
Also changed the loss
SAT  
23
F
2
S
071A1.06, Modified, Knowledge,  
1.  
In the stem, separate the wind direction from the speed. Make  
wind speed a separate bullet.  
2.  
IS there a reason why the procedure that is governing the  
release is not being identified? I think it should be in the stem.  
3.  
What is actually going to be provided to the applicants for the  
reference? Is it just the SOP-119, Table A? IF so the reference  
should be ok to be provided.  
4.  
Original question not provided.
5.  
KA appears to match.
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
Question changed as requested, question SAT.  
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
SAT  
24
F
2
X
U
039A1.05, New, Knowledge,
1.  
KA speaks to Main and Reheat Steam and ability to predict and  
or monitor changes in Tave (without exceeding design limits)  
associated with operating the MRSS controls. What is the  
design limit in this question? Could use the 547 and 543 to  
make it a 2 by 2, but as it sits it does not match.  
2.  
Distractor C does not appear to be plausible due to system  
alignment.  
3.  
Also distractor D does not seem plausible because this is  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                    something that is done for Every Reactor trip.
Q#
                                                                                                4.   The main issue with the question is that it does not prevent
1.  
                                                                                                    exceeding the limit. How is this tested with current question?
LOK
                                                                                                    This needs to be changed to match the KA Ask Licensee.
(F/H)
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
2.  
                                                                                                1.   KA match addressed. Appears to match now.
LOD
                                                                                                2.   Change stem to add WOOTF based on the conditions
(1-5)
                                                                                        S            provided(this is a minor change to the modified question).
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                3.   Question as changed is satisfactory.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
5. Other  
                                                                                                1.   Used above # 2.
6.  
                                                                                                2.   Added 1 and 2 in stem added to the distractors.
                                                                                                3.   Reworded the stem.
U/E/S
                                                                                                4.   SAT
7.  
                                                                                            061K6.02, Bank, Knowledge
   
                                                                                                1.   Simple1 line diagram not provided. Cannot validate where
Explanation
                                                                                                    valves are wrt the other valves. Dont have time to look up
Stem  
                                                                                        E            every system.
Focus
                                                                                                2.   KA appears to match
Cues  
                                                                                                3.   Is there a flow rate even associated with FCV 3546? Why
T/F  
                                                                                                    would anyone think this valve has a runout feature also? Ask
Cred.  
                                                                                                    Licenee.
Dist.
                                                                                                4.   The stem is too wordy. WOOTF completes the following
Partial Job-
25  F    2-3                                                                                      statement? Which one of the following .. Thats all that is
Link
                                                                                                    necessary.
Minutia  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
#/  
                                                                                        S      1.   Question changed as requested.
units
                                                                                                2.   Only one minor change, should the word RUNOUT be
Back-
                                                                                                    identified in quotes as identified above? Not necessary but
ward
                                                                                                    want to ensure that the applicants do not miss this word.
Q=  
                                                                                                3.   Otherwise appears to be satisfactory
K/A  
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
SRO
Only  
S
something that is done for Every Reactor trip.  
4.  
The main issue with the question is that it does not prevent  
exceeding the limit. How is this tested with current question?
This needs to be changed to match the KA Ask Licensee.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
KA match addressed. Appears to match now.  
2.  
Change stem to add WOOTF based on the conditions  
provided(this is a minor change to the modified question).  
3.  
Question as changed is satisfactory.  
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
Used above # 2.  
2.  
Added 1 and 2 in stem added to the distractors.  
3.  
Reworded the stem.  
4.  
SAT  
25
F
2-3
E
061K6.02, Bank, Knowledge
1.  
Simple1 line diagram not provided. Cannot validate where  
valves are wrt the other valves. Dont have time to look up  
every system.
2.  
KA appears to match  
3.  
Is there a flow rate even associated with FCV 3546? Why  
would anyone think this valve has a runout feature also? Ask  
Licenee.  
4.  
The stem is too wordy. WOOTF completes the following  
statement? Which one of the following ..   Thats all that is
necessary.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
Question changed as requested.
2.  
Only one minor change, should the word RUNOUT be  
identified in quotes as identified above? Not necessary but  
want to ensure that the applicants do not miss this word.  
3.  
Otherwise appears to be satisfactory  
Monday, October 17, 2011
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Changed minor, see exam.
Q#
                                                                                            Sat.
1.  
                                                                                            078K1.01, Bank, Knowledge
LOK
                                                                                                1. This KA was changed to have 1.03 vice 1.01, need to change
(F/H)
                                                                                                    the header to reflect this when exam is built.
2.  
                                                                                                2. KA appears to match
LOD
26  F    2-3                                                                          S
(1-5)
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                1. Changed as requested, still satisfactory.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                        U   000026AK3.02, New, Knowledge,
5. Other  
                                                                                                1. KA appears to match.
6.  
                                                                                                2. Distractors C and D, first part are not plausible. This makes this
                                                                                                    questions unsat. We need to come up with something that
U/E/S
                                                                                                    makes this question more plausible. Maximize the flow to the
7.  
                                                                                                    RHR heat exchangers is not plausible. This is a basic system
   
                                                                                                    knowledge to know that CCW flow would not increase during
Explanation
                                                                                                    the injection phase of an accident. This does not make sense
Stem  
                                                                                                    why anyone would pick this. How did the validation fare? Did
Focus
27  F    2                          X                                                            anyone choose this? Need to replace this with something more
Cues  
                                                                                                    plausible.
T/F  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Cred.  
                                                                                                1. Change to question appears to be a better choice, question is
Dist.
                                                                                                    now considered satisfactory.
Partial Job-
                                                                                        S
Link
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
Minutia  
                                                                                                1. Made minor changes.
#/  
                                                                                                2. SAT
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
Changed minor, see exam.  
Sat.
26
F
2-3
S
078K1.01, Bank, Knowledge  
1.  
This KA was changed to have 1.03 vice 1.01, need to change  
the header to reflect this when exam is built.  
2.  
KA appears to match  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
Changed as requested, still satisfactory.  
27
F
2
X
U  
000026AK3.02, New, Knowledge,
1.  
KA appears to match.
2.  
Distractors C and D, first part are not plausible. This makes this  
questions unsat. We need to come up with something that  
makes this question more plausible. Maximize the flow to the  
RHR heat exchangers is not plausible. This is a basic system  
knowledge to know that CCW flow would not increase during  
the injection phase of an accident. This does not make sense  
why anyone would pick this. How did the validation fare? Did  
anyone choose this? Need to replace this with something more  
plausible.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
Change to question appears to be a better choice, question is  
now considered satisfactory.  
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
Made minor changes.  
2.  
SAT  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            073K3.01, New, Knowledge.
Q#
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
1.  
                                                                                                2.   Distractors B and D, need to separate the other Valve and write
LOK
                                                                                                      it like, A & B. The way it is written is like the procedure and you
(F/H)
                                                                                        E            could choose either valve. This does not work for that and
2.  
                                                                                                      needs to be separated.
LOD
                                                                                                3.   How about swapping the second line in A and C and start with
(1-5)
                                                                                                      the word ONLY. This will be consistent with B and C where
3. Psychometric Flaws  
28  F    2-3                                                                                        BOTH starts them off. Discuss with Licensee.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                4.   What is the difference between XPB and PVB, are they
5. Other  
                                                                                                      considered the same? Explain.
6.  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
                                                                                                1.   ALL comments addressed
U/E/S
                                                                                        S        2.   Question is considered satisfactory
7.  
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
   
                                                                                                1.   SAT NO changes.
Explanation
                                                                                            2.3.11, Bank, Higher.
Stem  
                                                                                                1.   Need to add to the stem the procedure the release is being
Focus
                                                                                        E            done under.
Cues  
                                                                                                2.   It seems that there are a LOT of As for answers, we need to
T/F  
                                                                                                      look at the end of the exam and determine if we have too many
Cred.  
                                                                                                      one or the other.
Dist.
                                                                                                3.   Add another time prior to the answer and make the answer B,
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      something like 0300 on 10/3.
Link
29   H    2-3
Minutia  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
#/  
                                                                                                1.   Do not understand the comment in the second submittal. I Still
units
                                                                                                      want to add some time prior to 10/06 at 2330 that will be wrong
Back-
                                                                                        E            and will make answer B be the correct answer. There are WAY
ward
                                                                                                      to many As or add two times and make the answer C. Either
Q=  
                                                                                                      way, I would like to have an answer other than A.
K/A  
                                                                                                2.   Still E, until discussed with licensee.
SRO
Only  
28
F
2-3
E
073K3.01, New, Knowledge.
1.  
KA appears to match.
2.  
Distractors B and D, need to separate the other Valve and write  
it like, A & B. The way it is written is like the procedure and you  
could choose either valve. This does not work for that and  
needs to be separated.
3.  
How about swapping the second line in A and C and start with  
the word ONLY. This will be consistent with B and C where  
BOTH starts them off. Discuss with Licensee.  
4.  
What is the difference between XPB and PVB, are they  
considered the same? Explain.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
ALL comments addressed  
2.  
Question is considered satisfactory  
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
SAT NO changes.
S
29
H
2-3
E
2.3.11, Bank, Higher.
1.  
Need to add to the stem the procedure the release is being  
done under.  
2.  
It seems that there are a LOT of As for answers, we need to  
look at the end of the exam and determine if we have too many  
one or the other.
3.  
Add another time prior to the answer and make the answer B,  
something like 0300 on 10/3.   
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
Do not understand the comment in the second submittal. I Still  
want to add some time prior to 10/06 at 2330 that will be wrong  
and will make answer B be the correct answer. There are WAY  
to many As or add two times and make the answer C. Either  
way, I would like to have an answer other than A.  
2.  
Still E, until discussed with licensee.
E


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
Q#
                                                                                                1.   Changed to 0300 on 10/6.
1.  
                                                                                                2.   Bolded and highlighted without in the stem.
LOK
                                                                                        S      3.   Added additional quotes around tank letters and capitalized
(F/H)
                                                                                                    Tank and Decay. See exam for the comments.
2.  
                                                                                                4.   SAT.
LOD
                                                                                            103K4.04, New, Knowledge
(1-5)
                                                                                        E      1.   KA appears to match.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                2.   Change door to airlock
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
5. Other  
                                                                                                1.   Understand requirements for airlock and airlock door or doors,
6.  
30  F    2                                                                                        however, do not understand both AIRLOCKS vent valves. Have
                                                                                                    licensee explain this concept.
U/E/S
                                                                                        S      2.   Otherwise appears to be Satisfactory.
7.  
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
   
                                                                                                1.   Sat no changes.
Explanation
                                                                                            022A4.02, Bank,Higher
Stem  
                                                                                        S
Focus
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
Cues  
                                                                                                2.   Is the 2000 gpm minimum flow rate knowledge that the
T/F  
                                                                                                    operators are expected to memorize?
Cred.  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Dist.
                                                                                                1.   Comment, the word MINIMUM does not follow the convention
Partial Job-
31  F    2                                                                                        used to identify other like aspects of what it is being identified.
Link
                                                                                                    For example, it seems that it should be small letters with bolding
Minutia  
                                                                                        S            and underlining minimum
#/  
                                                                                                2.   Otherwise appears to be satisfactory.
units
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
Back-
                                                                                                1.   Made minor changes. See exam.
ward
                                                                                                2.   SAT
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
Changed to 0300 on 10/6.  
2.  
Bolded and highlighted without in the stem.  
3.  
Added additional quotes around tank letters and capitalized  
Tank and Decay. See exam for the comments.  
4.  
SAT.
30
F
2
E
103K4.04, New, Knowledge  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Change door to airlock  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
Understand requirements for airlock and airlock door or doors,  
however, do not understand both AIRLOCKS vent valves. Have  
licensee explain this concept.  
2.  
Otherwise appears to be Satisfactory.  
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
Sat no changes.
S
31
F
2
S
022A4.02, Bank,Higher
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Is the 2000 gpm minimum flow rate knowledge that the  
operators are expected to memorize?  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
Comment, the word MINIMUM does not follow the convention  
used to identify other like aspects of what it is being identified.
For example, it seems that it should be small letters with bolding  
and underlining minimum  
2.  
Otherwise appears to be satisfactory.
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
Made minor changes. See exam.
2.  
SAT  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            008A1.001,New,Knowledge
Q#
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
1.  
                                                                                        E        2.   The stem of the first part of the question answers the second
LOK
                                                                                                      part. You open the header when flow reaches the band.
(F/H)
                                                                                                      Therefore, B and D distracters are not plausible.
2.  
32  F    2                          x                                                    Wednesday, October 05, 2011
LOD
                                                                                                1.   Understand issue with typo in the stem.
(1-5)
                                                                                                2.   Question appears to be satisfactory.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                        S  Monday, October 17, 2011
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   Sat as changed
5. Other  
                                                                                                2.   Minor changes see exam.
6.  
                                                                                            028AK2.03,Bank, Higher
                                                                                                1.   KA does not match. Not pressurizer level malfunction.
U/E/S
                                                                                                2.   A flow control valve that supplies a fluid to the system would
7.  
                                                                                                      never throttle closed in response to a low level signal.
   
                                                                                                      Distracters A and D are not plausible.
Explanation
                                                                                            RSB
Stem  
                                                                                        U
Focus
                                                                                            Agree this question is unsat, it does not match the ka, it does cover
Cues  
                                                                                            controllers and positioners however, it does not cover anything with the
T/F  
                                                                                            Pressurizer Level malfunction. While this covers level control it does not
Cred.  
                                                                                            match the intent of the KA.
Dist.
  33  H    2                          x                                    X
Partial Job-
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Link
                                                                                                1.   Disagree with KA match, the question concerns itself with
Minutia  
                                                                                        U
#/  
                                                                                                      charging flow now Pressurizer LEVEL malfunctions. Discuss
units
                                                                                                      with M Meeks to get his view on this analysis. Until this is done,
Back-
                                                                                                      this question remains unsatisfactory.
ward
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
Q=  
                                                                                                1.   New question has teaching in it. This is a failure of the
K/A  
                                                                                      U?              Controlling PZR level control
SRO
                                                                                                2.   This may need to be run on the simulator to see how long
Only  
                                                                                                3.   THIS QUESTION IS NOT CONSIDERED SAT TILL THIS IS
32
F
2
x
E
008A1.001,New,Knowledge  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
The stem of the first part of the question answers the second  
part. You open the header when flow reaches the band.
Therefore, B and D distracters are not plausible.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
Understand issue with typo in the stem.  
2.  
Question appears to be satisfactory.  
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
Sat as changed
2.  
Minor changes see exam.  
S
33
H
2
x
X
U
028AK2.03,Bank, Higher  
1.  
KA does not match. Not pressurizer level malfunction.  
2.  
A flow control valve that supplies a fluid to the system would  
never throttle closed in response to a low level signal.
Distracters A and D are not plausible.  
RSB  
Agree this question is unsat, it does not match the ka, it does cover  
controllers and positioners however, it does not cover anything with the  
Pressurizer Level malfunction. While this covers level control it does not  
match the intent of the KA.
   
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
Disagree with KA match, the question concerns itself with  
charging flow now Pressurizer LEVEL malfunctions. Discuss  
with M Meeks to get his view on this analysis. Until this is done,  
this question remains unsatisfactory.  
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
New question has teaching in it. This is a failure of the  
Controlling PZR level control
2.  
This may need to be run on the simulator to see how long  
3.  
THIS QUESTION IS NOT CONSIDERED SAT TILL THIS IS  
U
U?


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      RUN ON THE TABLE TOP SIMULATOR.
Q#
                                                                                        S   004A2.09, New, Knowledge
1.  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
LOK
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
(F/H)
                                                                                                1.   No changes, still satisfactory
2.  
  34  F     3
LOD
                                                                                        S
(1-5)
                                                                                            007G2.4.18, New, Knowledge
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match. .
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                2.   Distracters C. and D. are trivial during an EOP. If you have a
5. Other  
                                                                                        E            valid safety injection, the operator is not going to be concerned
6.  
                                                                                                      about breaking or potentially breaking the rupture disks.
                                                                                            RSB
U/E/S
35  F    2                                              X                              This question distractors C and D are not plausible. Above states exactly
7.  
                                                                                            why would anyone think that there was a reason to vent to the PRT during
   
                                                                                            a LOCA and SI. This does not make sense at all. Additionally, this would
Explanation
                                                                                            make this question evaluation UNSAT since both C and D would be
Stem  
                                                                                            considered not plausible.
Focus
                                                                                        S
Cues  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
T/F  
                                                                                                1.   Initially should have been analyzed as Unsatisfactory because it
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
RUN ON THE TABLE TOP SIMULATOR.
34
F
3
S  
004A2.09, New, Knowledge  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
No changes, still satisfactory  
   
S
35
F  
2
X
E
007G2.4.18, New, Knowledge  
1.  
KA appears to match. .  
2.  
Distracters C. and D. are trivial during an EOP. If you have a  
valid safety injection, the operator is not going to be concerned  
about breaking or potentially breaking the rupture disks.  
RSB  
This question distractors C and D are not plausible. Above states exactly  
why would anyone think that there was a reason to vent to the PRT during  
a LOCA and SI. This does not make sense at all. Additionally, this would  
make this question evaluation UNSAT since both C and D would be  
considered not plausible.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011
1.  
Initially should have been analyzed as Unsatisfactory because it  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      had two distractors that were not plausible.
Q#
                                                                                                2.   Changed C only, appears to be ok.
1.  
                                                                                                3.   Question appears to be satisfactory.
LOK
                                                                                            Minor issue, change answer so that A is NOT the correct answer. Re
(F/H)
                                                                                            arrange to make C the correct answer to better distribute the answers
2.  
                                                                                            across A B and C and D.
LOD
                                                                                            Monday, October 17, 2011
(1-5)
                                                                                                1.   CHANGED AS REQUESTED. `
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            006A3.01, Bank, Higher
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
5. Other  
                                                                                            Wednesday October 5, 2011
6.  
                                                                                                1.   Can third bullet be deleted? Based on Appendix E brief,
                                                                                                      applicant should understand that automatic actions occurred
U/E/S
                                                                                                      unless explicitly given otherwise.
7.  
                                                                                                2.   Verify with licensee shutoff head of RHR pumpsdistractor
   
36  H    2                                                                          S            analysis states that 350 psig is in RHR pressure band for decay
Explanation
                                                                                                      heat removal.
Stem  
                                                                                                3.   Recommend adding Based on the given plant conditions to the
Focus
                                                                                                      question statement to be clear to applicant about time frame of
Cues  
                                                                                                      questionbecause if time keeps moving, answer choice C will
T/F  
                                                                                                      also be correct. Q statement could say Based on the plant
Cred.  
                                                                                                      conditions as given, which ONE (1) of the following.
Dist.
                                                                                                      Friday, October 14, 2011
Partial Job-
                                                                                                1.   Licensee implemented the suggestions above.
Link
                                                                                                2.   Question is still SAT.
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
had two distractors that were not plausible.  
2.  
Changed C only, appears to be ok.  
3.  
Question appears to be satisfactory.  
Minor issue, change answer so that A is NOT the correct answer. Re  
arrange to make C the correct answer to better distribute the answers  
across A B and C and D.
Monday, October 17, 2011  
1.  
CHANGED AS REQUESTED. `  
36
H
2
S
006A3.01, Bank, Higher  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
Wednesday October 5, 2011  
1.  
Can third bullet be deleted? Based on Appendix E brief,  
applicant should understand that automatic actions occurred  
unless explicitly given otherwise.  
2.  
Verify with licensee shutoff head of RHR pumpsdistractor  
analysis states that 350 psig is in RHR pressure band for decay  
heat removal.  
3.  
Recommend adding Based on the given plant conditions to the  
question statement to be clear to applicant about time frame of  
questionbecause if time keeps moving, answer choice C will  
also be correct. Q statement could say Based on the plant  
conditions as given, which ONE (1) of the following.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Licensee implemented the suggestions above.
2.  
Question is still SAT.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            036AA2.03, Bank, Higher
Q#
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match. .
1.  
                                                                                                2.   Distracters C. and D. do not appear to be very plausible
LOK
                                                                                                      considering the short time frame involved. Answer C might be
(F/H)
                                                                                                      improved by being in a lowered inventory status. Answers D.
2.  
                                                                                                      and C. are similar in that youre trying to imply fuel damage due
LOD
                                                                                        E            to inadequate cooling. Perhaps the 4th option could have
(1-5)
                                                                                                      something to do with dry storage.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   Distractor B is not plausible. Applicant can easily differentiate
5. Other  
                                                                                                      between dropping a spent fuel assembly that has been
6.  
37  H    2                          X                                                              irradiated for hundreds of days vs. dropping a brand new fuel
                                                                                                      assembly that hasnt been in the reactor core.
U/E/S
                                                                                                2.   Can distractor D be a correct answer? Ref. lesson plan GS-05
7.  
                                                                                                      fig. GS5.3 flowpath from 6669 to 6674 to 6681 to SFP
   
                                                                                                      purification pump to 6691 to RWST. What is the maximum
Explanation
                                                                                                      radiation field given whatever will be the height of spent fuel
Stem  
                                                                                                      pool water above the 6669 valve siphon?
Focus
                                                                                        S        3.   We dont need any information above the WOOTF statement
Cues  
                                                                                                      can be deleted.
T/F  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Cred.  
                                                                                                1.   Verified that D is NOT the answer.
Dist.
                                                                                                2.   Changed B, validation
Partial Job-
                                                                                            012K5.01, New Higher
Link
38  H    2                                                                          S        1.   KA appears to match.
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
37
H
2
X
E
036AA2.03, Bank, Higher  
1.  
KA appears to match. .  
2.  
Distracters C. and D. do not appear to be very plausible  
considering the short time frame involved. Answer C might be  
improved by being in a lowered inventory status.   Answers D.  
and C. are similar in that youre trying to imply fuel damage due  
to inadequate cooling. Perhaps the 4th option could have  
something to do with dry storage.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Distractor B is not plausible. Applicant can easily differentiate  
between dropping a spent fuel assembly that has been  
irradiated for hundreds of days vs. dropping a brand new fuel  
assembly that hasnt been in the reactor core.  
2.  
Can distractor D be a correct answer? Ref. lesson plan GS-05  
fig. GS5.3 flowpath from 6669 to 6674 to 6681 to SFP  
purification pump to 6691 to RWST. What is the maximum  
radiation field given whatever will be the height of spent fuel  
pool water above the 6669 valve siphon?  
3.  
We dont need any information above the WOOTF statement
can be deleted.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Verified that D is NOT the answer.
2.  
Changed B, validation
S
38
H
2
S
012K5.01, New Higher  
1.  
KA appears to match.


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Q#
                                                                                        E
1.  
                                                                                                1.   Need to bound the time frame that the question is askingfor
LOK
                                                                                                      example, 5 seconds? 10 seconds? after the spray valve is open
(F/H)
                                                                                                      and before the reactor trips.
2.  
                                                                                                2.   Also need to mention before any operator action?
LOD
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
(1-5)
                                                                                        S        1.   Made the question easier to read and identified the 1 and 2 in
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      stem and each distractor.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                2.   Added Assume no operator action.
5. Other  
                                                                                            07A4.10, Modified, Higher
6.  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
                                                                                                2.   GFE type question.
U/E/S
                                                                                        S        3.   PRT Temperature is not required.
7.  
                                                                                                4.   If the Pressurizer Code Safety is leaking, which ONE (1) of the
   
                                                                                                      following is the expected temperature as read on TI-465 (Use
Explanation
                                                                                                      Noun Name)?
Stem  
  39  H    3
Focus
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Cues  
                                                                                                1.   Check the correct answerusing steam tables and interpolation
T/F  
                                                                                        E            should correct answer be 267 degrees F, not 260?
Cred.  
                                                                                                2.   Delete first and second bullets as unnecessary?
Dist.
                                                                                                3.   Need to add approximate to the temperatures because some
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      people will use Mollier diagram and some will interpolate, etc..
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
E
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Need to bound the time frame that the question is askingfor  
example, 5 seconds? 10 seconds? after the spray valve is open  
and before the reactor trips.  
2.  
Also need to mention before any operator action?  
Friday, October 14, 2011
1.  
Made the question easier to read and identified the 1 and 2 in  
stem and each distractor.  
2.  
Added Assume no operator action.
S
39
H
3
S
07A4.10, Modified, Higher  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
GFE type question.  
3.  
PRT Temperature is not required.  
4.  
If the Pressurizer Code Safety is leaking, which ONE (1) of the  
following is the expected temperature as read on TI-465 (Use  
Noun Name)?  
   
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Check the correct answerusing steam tables and interpolation  
should correct answer be 267 degrees F, not 260?  
2.  
Delete first and second bullets as unnecessary?  
3.  
Need to add approximate to the temperatures because some  
people will use Mollier diagram and some will interpolate, etc..
E


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      For example, change Q statement to read as follows: If a
Q#
                                                                                                      Pressurizer Code Safety valve is leaking, which ONE (1) of the
1.  
                                                                                                      following is the expected approximate temperature as read.
LOK
                                                                                                4.   Distractor D is not plausiblerecommend to come up with
(F/H)
                                                                                                      another wrong way to calculate an answer in the 200s range of
2.  
                                                                                                      temperatures. Having a single distractor 327 degrees F too big
LOD
                                                                                                      from three other answers is hard to believe.
(1-5)
                                                                                        S
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   Changed this as suggested.
5. Other  
                                                                                                2.   SAT
6.  
                                                                                            SAT
                                                                                            005 K6.03, Modified, Higher
U/E/S
                                                                                                1.   Sort of matches KA.
7.  
                                                                                                2.   Distracter D is weak. Why would anyone assume that the
   
                                                                                                      temperature recorder measured HX outlet only.
Explanation
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Stem  
  40  H    2                          X                                                S
Focus
                                                                                                1.   K/A match is weak, willing to accept.
Cues  
                                                                                                2.   Q is OK as written.
T/F  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Cred.  
                                                                                                1.   No changes. Ok as is.
Dist.
                                                                                            041 K1.02, Modified, Higher
Partial Job-
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
Link
  41  H    2-3                                                                          S
Minutia  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
#/  
                                                                                                1.   Need to add that steam dumps are controlling in automatic
units
                                                                                                      pressure mode to second bullet? Implied by correct answer but
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
For example, change Q statement to read as follows: If a  
Pressurizer Code Safety valve is leaking, which ONE (1) of the  
following is the expected approximate temperature as read.  
4.  
Distractor D is not plausiblerecommend to come up with  
another wrong way to calculate an answer in the 200s range of  
temperatures. Having a single distractor 327 degrees F too big  
from three other answers is hard to believe.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Changed this as suggested.  
2.  
SAT  
SAT  
40
H
2
X
S
005 K6.03, Modified, Higher  
1.  
Sort of matches KA.  
2.  
Distracter D is weak. Why would anyone assume that the  
temperature recorder measured HX outlet only.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
   
1.  
K/A match is weak, willing to accept.  
2.  
Q is OK as written.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
No changes. Ok as is.  
41
H
2-3
S
041 K1.02, Modified, Higher  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
   
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Need to add that steam dumps are controlling in automatic  
pressure mode to second bullet? Implied by correct answer but  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      not completely stated. added
Q#
                                                                                                2.   Inserting control rods is not plausible. In the power range
1.  
                                                                                                      control rods ultimately control Tavg not reactor power. Every
LOK
                                                                                                      other choice involves a manipulation of the secondary system.
(F/H)
                                                                                                      Potential recommendation: Raising the setpoint on the STM
2.  
                                                                                        E            DUMP CNTRL potentiometer (clock).
LOD
                                                                                                3.   Is it necessary to add potentially to the question statement?
(1-5)
                                                                                                      i.e. Which ONE (1) of the following actions would potentially
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      cause a swell in S/G level? I.e. what are effects of FRV
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      operation, etc.
5. Other  
                                                                                                4.   Need to provide current Tavg value in Q stem to make distractor
6.  
                                                                                                      A. more plausible (i.e. would actual Tavg be greater than 5
                                                                                                      degrees higher than no load, which would lead someone to
U/E/S
                                                                                                      erroneously believe the steam dumps would open in Tavg
7.  
                                                                                                      mode?)
   
                                                                                        S  Friday, October 14, 2011
Explanation
                                                                                                1.   Changed as selected, see exam for changes.
Stem  
                                                                                                2.   SAT
Focus
                                                                                            SAT
Cues  
                                                                                            035 K6.01, Modified, Highe
T/F  
                                                                                            r
Cred.  
                                                                                        S        1.   KA appears to match.
Dist.
                                                                                                2.   Correct answer uses similar thought process to 41.
Partial Job-
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
Link
  42  H    2-3
Minutia  
                                                                                                1.   GFE question that examines same conceptsshrink vs. swell
#/  
                                                                                                      as 41. Low discriminatory value/no tie to plant-specific
units
                                                                                        E            knowledge.
Back-
                                                                                                2.   Change distractor C. to Steam Generator B narrow range
ward
                                                                                                      level will decrease for parallelism with distractor B?
Q=  
                                                                                                3.   How is this question operationally valid? If the reactor should
K/A  
                                                                                                      trip on an inadvertent MSIV closure, and it does not, operators
SRO
Only  
E
not completely stated. added  
2.  
Inserting control rods is not plausible. In the power range  
control rods ultimately control Tavg not reactor power. Every  
other choice involves a manipulation of the secondary system.
Potential recommendation: Raising the setpoint on the STM  
DUMP CNTRL potentiometer (clock).  
3.  
Is it necessary to add potentially to the question statement?  
i.e. Which ONE (1) of the following actions would potentially  
cause a swell in S/G level? I.e. what are effects of FRV  
operation, etc.  
4.  
Need to provide current Tavg value in Q stem to make distractor  
A. more plausible (i.e. would actual Tavg be greater than 5  
degrees higher than no load, which would lead someone to  
erroneously believe the steam dumps would open in Tavg  
mode?)  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Changed as selected, see exam for changes.  
2.  
SAT  
SAT  
S
42
H
2-3
S
035 K6.01, Modified, Highe  
r  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Correct answer uses similar thought process to 41.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
   
1.  
GFE question that examines same conceptsshrink vs. swell  
as 41. Low discriminatory value/no tie to plant-specific  
knowledge.  
2.  
Change distractor C. to Steam Generator B narrow range  
level will decrease for parallelism with distractor B?  
3.  
How is this question operationally valid? If the reactor should  
trip on an inadvertent MSIV closure, and it does not, operators  
E


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      are in an ATWS/FR-S.1 situation and steam generator
Q#
                                                                                                      parameters are irrelevant.
1.  
                                                                                                4.   Potential double jeopardy with previous Q (#40)applicant
LOK
                                                                                                      could potentially get two Q wrong if applicant has a
(F/H)
                                                                                                      misconception of shrink and swell phenomena.
2.  
                                                                                        S  Friday, October 14, 2011
LOD
                                                                                                1.   Completely new question to avoid double jeopardy with steam
(1-5)
                                                                                                      dumps. In 41.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            SATISFACTORY
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            003 K5.04, New, Higher
5. Other  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
6.  
                                                                                                2.   Not very discriminative. Just a GFE question.
                                                                                        S
U/E/S
                                                                                            Thursday, October 06, 2011
7.  
  43  H    2                                                                                    1.   How is it plausible to have higher steam flows with no change in
   
                                                                                                      steam generator pressure, or to have higher steam generator
Explanation
                                                                                                      pressures with no change in steam flows? Need to discuss with
Stem  
                                                                                        s            licensee, may be o.k. if validators missed?
Focus
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Cues  
                                                                                                1.   sat
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
are in an ATWS/FR-S.1 situation and steam generator  
parameters are irrelevant.  
4.  
Potential double jeopardy with previous Q (#40)applicant  
could potentially get two Q wrong if applicant has a  
misconception of shrink and swell phenomena.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Completely new question to avoid double jeopardy with steam  
dumps. In 41.  
SATISFACTORY  
43
H
2
S
003 K5.04, New, Higher  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Not very discriminative. Just a GFE question.  
Thursday, October 06, 2011  
   
1.  
How is it plausible to have higher steam flows with no change in  
steam generator pressure, or to have higher steam generator  
pressures with no change in steam flows? Need to discuss with  
licensee, may be o.k. if validators missed?  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
sat  
s


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            002 2.3.13, Modified, Knowledge
Q#
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
1.  
                                                                                                2.   B and D are not plausible. Operators do not carry rad monitors.
LOK
                                                                                                3.   Specifically identify the procedure in which these requirements
(F/H)
                                                                                                      exist.
2.  
                                                                                            RSB
LOD
                                                                                        S  The plausibility of B and D needs to be fixed. Operators do not normally
(1-5)
                                                                                            use rad monitors themselves. Do they use them at Summer? I doubt it,
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            see what we can do to identify a more plausible distractor.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
5. Other  
                                                                                                1.   DISAGREE with licensee concerning that the second part of
6.  
                                                                                                      distractors B and D are plausible.
44  F    2                          X                                                        2.   NORMALLY the individual does NOT have the radiation
U/E/S
                                                                                                      monitoring device. The procedure does not allow an individual
7.  
                                                                                                      go to by them self.
   
                                                                                            Change B and D to read: Must be accompanied by another operator who
Explanation
                                                                                            radiation monitor qualified with a radiation monitor.
Stem  
                                                                                                3.   How is 500 rads/hr plausible? How many system restoration
Focus
                                                                                                      valve lineups (i.e. normal ops) take place in a room posted with
Cues  
                                                                                                      500 rad/hr fields?
T/F  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Cred.  
                                                                                                1.   CHANGED as requested.
Dist.
                                                                                                2.   The change has generic terminology concerning rad qualified.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      Need to change that
Link
                                                                                                3.   Removed 500 rads
Minutia  
                                                                                            SATISFACTORY
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
44
F
2
X
S
002 2.3.13, Modified, Knowledge  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
B and D are not plausible. Operators do not carry rad monitors.  
3.  
Specifically identify the procedure in which these requirements  
exist.  
RSB  
The plausibility of B and D needs to be fixed. Operators do not normally  
use rad monitors themselves. Do they use them at Summer? I doubt it,  
see what we can do to identify a more plausible distractor.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
DISAGREE with licensee concerning that the second part of  
distractors B and D are plausible.  
2.  
NORMALLY the individual does NOT have the radiation  
monitoring device. The procedure does not allow an individual  
go to by them self.  
Change B and D to read: Must be accompanied by another operator who  
radiation monitor qualified with a radiation monitor.  
3.  
How is 500 rads/hr plausible? How many system restoration  
valve lineups (i.e. normal ops) take place in a room posted with  
500 rad/hr fields?  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
CHANGED as requested.  
2.  
The change has generic terminology concerning rad qualified.
Need to change that
3.  
Removed 500 rads  
SATISFACTORY  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            001 2.1.31, Bank, Knowledge
Q#
                                                                                                      KA does not match. KA discusses the ability to locate CR
1.  
                                                                                                      switches and indications and determine if they correctly reflect
LOK
                                                                                                      the desired plan lineup.
(F/H)
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
2.  
                                                                                        U        1.   Question was replaced,
LOD
                                                                                                2.   KA appears to match
(1-5)
                                                                                                3.   With two protection channels failed high, you would not be in a
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      3.0.3 shutdown, the reactor would automatically trip. Question
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      as written is not operationally valid. In either case (whether the
5. Other  
                                                                                                      Rx trips or not), what procedure would specifically direct
6.  
                                                                                                      operation of PORV PCV-444B (i.e. to ensure a single correct
                                                                                                      answer)?
U/E/S
                                                                                                4. Recommend adding both to first bullet: have both failed
7.  
45  F    2                                                                X                        high.
   
                                                                                                5. There are multiple switches on the CREP panelone is the
Explanation
                                                                                                      isolation switch and one is the switch to position the
Stem  
                                                                                                      valve/component. If Q is salvageable, the Q statement needs to
Focus
                                                                                                      reflect this. Recommend: Which ONE (1) of the following
Cues  
                                                                                                      describes the location of the switch (or switches) that will be
T/F  
                                                                                                      used to control Pressurizer PORV PCV-444B and the correct
Cred.  
                                                                                                      position of that switch (or switches), in accordance with AOP-??
Dist.
                                                                                        S            ?
Partial Job-
                                                                                                6. As written distractor A. is potentially correct, because those
Link
                                                                                                      should be the at-power positions of the switches at the CREP.
Minutia  
                                                                                                7. Question is still U due to operational validity issues.
#/  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
units
                                                                                                1. NEW Question
Back-
                                                                                                2. See exam for changes.
ward
                                                                                                3. SAT
Q=  
                                                                                            003 2.1.2, Modified, Knowledge
K/A  
46  F    2                                                                          S            KA appears to match.
SRO
Only  
45
F
2
X
U
001 2.1.31, Bank, Knowledge  
KA does not match. KA discusses the ability to locate CR  
switches and indications and determine if they correctly reflect  
the desired plan lineup.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Question was replaced,
2.  
KA appears to match  
3.  
With two protection channels failed high, you would not be in a  
3.0.3 shutdown, the reactor would automatically trip. Question  
as written is not operationally valid. In either case (whether the  
Rx trips or not), what procedure would specifically direct  
operation of PORV PCV-444B (i.e. to ensure a single correct  
answer)?  
4.  
Recommend adding both to first bullet: have both failed  
high.  
5.  
There are multiple switches on the CREP panelone is the  
isolation switch and one is the switch to position the  
valve/component. If Q is salvageable, the Q statement needs to  
reflect this. Recommend: Which ONE (1) of the following  
describes the location of the switch (or switches) that will be  
used to control Pressurizer PORV PCV-444B and the correct  
position of that switch (or switches), in accordance with AOP-??  
?  
6.  
As written distractor A. is potentially correct, because those  
should be the at-power positions of the switches at the CREP.  
7.  
Question is still U due to operational validity issues.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
NEW Question  
2.  
See exam for changes.
3.  
SAT  
S
46
F
2
S
003 2.1.2, Modified, Knowledge  
KA appears to match.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                    Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Thursday, October 06, 2011
Q#
                                                                                                  1.   Recommend changing word ones to operators in the Q
1.  
                                                                                                      statement, would say The NROATC and the CRS are the only
LOK
                                                                                        S              operators present in the Control Room.
(F/H)
                                                                                                  2.   Otherwise Q looks SAT.
2.  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
LOD
                                                                                                  1.   SAT
(1-5)
                                                                                            003 2.1.29, Bank, Knowledge
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                  1.     Need to discuss if KA matches. If it matches question is SAT.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                      S or U Wednesday, October 05, 2011
5. Other  
                                                                                                  1.   This question does NOT match the KA. Just because you ask
6.  
                                                                                                      the question associated with Component/Condition Verification ,
                                                                                                      SAP 153, it does not match the KA. The question asked is
U/E/S
                                                                                                      more of a radiation question.
7.  
                                                                                                  2.   Ideas for questions associated with this KA, red tag procedure,
   
                                                                                        U              locked valve procedure, expectations associated with second
Explanation
47  F    2                                                                X                        person verification.
Stem  
                                                                                                  3.   WHY should an RO know this from recognizing this value? One
Focus
                                                                                                      could possibly identify that this is an SRO only knowledge.
Cues  
                                                                                            It would be better to rewrite this question and hit the KA better associated
T/F  
                                                                                            with valve line up.
Cred.  
                                                                                        S    Friday, October 14, 2011
Dist.
                                                                                                  1.   New question,
Partial Job-
                                                                                                  2.   Changed what was proposed.
Link
                                                                                                  3.   SAT
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
Thursday, October 06, 2011  
1.  
Recommend changing word ones to operators in the Q  
statement, would say The NROATC and the CRS are the only  
operators present in the Control Room.  
2.  
Otherwise Q looks SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
SAT  
47
F
2
X
S or U
003 2.1.29, Bank, Knowledge  
1.  
Need to discuss if KA matches. If it matches question is SAT.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
This question does NOT match the KA. Just because you ask  
the question associated with Component/Condition Verification ,  
SAP 153, it does not match the KA. The question asked is  
more of a radiation question.  
2.  
Ideas for questions associated with this KA, red tag procedure,  
locked valve procedure, expectations associated with second  
person verification.  
3.  
WHY should an RO know this from recognizing this value? One  
could possibly identify that this is an SRO only knowledge.  
It would be better to rewrite this question and hit the KA better associated  
with valve line up.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
New question,
2.  
Changed what was proposed.  
3.  
SAT  
U
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            003 2.4.25, Modified, Knowledge
Q#
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
1.  
                                                                                                2.   KA importance rating for 2.4.25 is only 3.3.
LOK
                                                                                        S
(F/H)
                                                                                            Wednesday, October 05, 2011
2.  
                                                                                                1.   Unsure as to WHY this question changed from the initial
LOD
                                                                                                      submittal.
(1-5)
                                                                                                2.   UPON Further review, this question is considered UNSAT.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      When in ANY procedures does the RO/SRO/BOP operate
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                        U            DISCONNECT SWITCHES as Immediate operator actions.
5. Other  
                                                                                                3.   Changes made in green (2nd part of distractors) look o.k. and
6.  
                                                                                                      are plausible given AOP-600.1 knowledge of the RO in-plant
                                                                                                      JPM i (where leaving one RCP running was a critical step).
U/E/S
                                                                                                      The issue with the Q is that tripping the Reactor is such a strong
7.  
                                                                                                      correct choice as an immediate operator action that it may be
   
                                                                                                      hard to develop a second choice that is technically incorrect
Explanation
48  F    2-3                                                                                        (when viewed against Rx trip) and plausible.
Stem  
                                                                                                4.   K/A covers all aspects of fire protection procedures, does not
Focus
                                                                                                      necessarily need to cover immediate actions of FEP-4.0.
Cues  
                                                                                                5.   Q is U due to two non-plausible distractors.
T/F  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Cred.  
                                                                                                1.   Chose to use disconnects for IPV-445a and b and C. BOP does
Dist.
                                                                                                      not trip the reactor. Rx trip is a duty of the RO. \
Partial Job-
                                                                                                2.   Changes are sat
Link
                                                                                        S        3.   Question is sat
Minutia  
                                                                                            SAT
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
48
F
2-3
S
003 2.4.25, Modified, Knowledge  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
KA importance rating for 2.4.25 is only 3.3.  
Wednesday, October 05, 2011  
1.  
Unsure as to WHY this question changed from the initial  
submittal.  
2.  
UPON Further review, this question is considered UNSAT.
When in ANY procedures does the RO/SRO/BOP operate  
DISCONNECT SWITCHES as Immediate operator actions.  
3.  
Changes made in green (2nd part of distractors) look o.k. and  
are plausible given AOP-600.1 knowledge of the RO in-plant  
JPM i (where leaving one RCP running was a critical step).
The issue with the Q is that tripping the Reactor is such a strong  
correct choice as an immediate operator action that it may be  
hard to develop a second choice that is technically incorrect  
(when viewed against Rx trip) and plausible.  
4.  
K/A covers all aspects of fire protection procedures, does not  
necessarily need to cover immediate actions of FEP-4.0.  
5.  
Q is U due to two non-plausible distractors.
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Chose to use disconnects for IPV-445a and b and C. BOP does  
not trip the reactor. Rx trip is a duty of the RO. \\  
2.  
Changes are sat  
3.  
Question is sat  
SAT  
U
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            003 2.4.34, Modified, Knowledge
Q#
                                                                                        E
1.  
                                                                                                1.   KA does NOT fully match. Need to discuss tasks AND
LOK
                                                                                                      resultant operational effects.
(F/H)
                                                                                            Thursday, October 06, 2011
2.  
                                                                                                1.   K/A is now met with the changes as made.
LOD
49  F    2-3                                                              X                  2.   Q now looks SAT.
(1-5)
                                                                                        S
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            SATISFACTORY.
5. Other  
                                                                                            086 K3.01, Modified, Knowledge
6.  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
                                                                                                2.   Supplied documentation does not fully support basis for correct
U/E/S
                                                                                                      answer or distracters. Distracters appear valid based on limited
7.  
                                                                                        S
   
                                                                                                      documentation.
Explanation
                                                                                            Thursday, October 06, 2011
Stem  
  50  F    3                                                                                    1.   Questions 48, 49, and 50 all deal with FEP-4.0 and may present
Focus
                                                                                                      a potential double jeopardy for an applicant. For example, if
Cues  
                                                                                                      an applicant has a misconception that train A is used during
T/F  
                                                                                                      FEP-4.0 rather than train B the applicant may get both 49 and
Cred.  
                                                                                                      50 wrong. Recommend licensee and chief examiner discuss to
Dist.
                                                                                        E            determine if this is acceptable.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                2.   Need to bound the time frame of actions performed within the
Link
                                                                                                      scope of the Qspecifically, the attachments of FEP-4.0 specify
Minutia  
                                                                                                      that actions to black out the A ESF train and start turbine-
#/  
                                                                                                      driven EFW pump need to be completed within 30 minutes.
units
                                                                                                      This needs to be reflected in the Q stem. Potential fix to last
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
49
F
2-3
X
E
003 2.4.34, Modified, Knowledge  
1.  
KA does NOT fully match. Need to discuss tasks AND  
resultant operational effects.  
Thursday, October 06, 2011  
1.  
K/A is now met with the changes as made.  
2.  
Q now looks SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
SATISFACTORY.  
S
50
F
3
S
086 K3.01, Modified, Knowledge  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Supplied documentation does not fully support basis for correct  
answer or distracters. Distracters appear valid based on limited  
documentation.  
Thursday, October 06, 2011  
   
1.  
Questions 48, 49, and 50 all deal with FEP-4.0 and may present  
a potential double jeopardy for an applicant. For example, if  
an applicant has a misconception that train A is used during  
FEP-4.0 rather than train B the applicant may get both 49 and  
50 wrong. Recommend licensee and chief examiner discuss to  
determine if this is acceptable.  
2.  
Need to bound the time frame of actions performed within the  
scope of the Qspecifically, the attachments of FEP-4.0 specify  
that actions to black out the A ESF train and start turbine-
driven EFW pump need to be completed within 30 minutes.
This needs to be reflected in the Q stem. Potential fix to last  
E


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      bullet: It has been 45 minutes (note to licensee: pick a
Q#
                                                                                                      technically correct time here, 35 min? 40 min? 1 hour?)
1.  
                                                                                                      since the crew began implementing FEP-4.0 CONTROL ROOM
LOK
                                                                                                      EVACUATION DUE TO FIRE.
(F/H)
                                                                                                3.   If double jeopardy issues resolved to satisfaction, Q should be
2.  
                                                                                                      o.k. with changes as recommended.
LOD
                                                                                        S
(1-5)
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   BOUNDED THE TIME TO BE 45 min, all actions should be
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      done by 30 minutes.
5. Other  
                                                                                                2.   Changed as requested. See exam for changes
6.  
                                                                                                3.   Question is SAT.
                                                                                            SAT
U/E/S
7.  
   
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
bullet: It has been 45 minutes (note to licensee: pick a  
technically correct time here, 35 min? 40 min? 1 hour?)  
since the crew began implementing FEP-4.0 CONTROL ROOM  
EVACUATION DUE TO FIRE.  
3.  
If double jeopardy issues resolved to satisfaction, Q should be  
o.k. with changes as recommended.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
BOUNDED THE TIME TO BE 45 min, all actions should be  
done by 30 minutes.  
2.  
Changed as requested. See exam for changes  
3.  
Question is SAT.  
SAT  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            003 2.4.31, New, Higher
Q#
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
1.  
                                                                                                2.   Last bullet on given information does not appear to have any
LOK
                                                                                                      value.
(F/H)
                                                                                            Thursday, October 06, 2011
2.  
                                                                                                1.   K/A is met.
LOD
                                                                                                2.   Distractor D is not plausible as written. The combination of
(1-5)
                                                                                                      leaving the RCPs running, in combination with a loss of all seal
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      cooling, does not make any sense. However, changing
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      distractor D in a 2x2 format means that other aspects of the Q
5. Other  
                                                                                                      also have to change.
6.  
                                                                                                3.   Potential recommendation:
  51  H    3                                                                          S            Initial plant conditions:
U/E/S
                                                                                                      -100% power
7.  
                                                                                                      Current plant conditions:
   
                                                                                                      -XCP-612 pt 4, PHASE B ISOL, alarms
Explanation
                                                                                                      -RB Spray pumps A and B are NOT running
Stem  
                                                                                                      -RB pressure is 0.4 psig and stable
Focus
                                                                                                      -all phase B automatic actions have occurred
Cues  
                                                                                                      Based on the current conditions, which ONE (1) of the following
T/F  
                                                                                                      states how RCPs should be operated, in accordance with ARP-
Cred.  
                                                                                                      001-XCP-612 for PHASE B ISOL; AND what is the status of
Dist.
                                                                                                      RCP seal cooling?
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      A. Trip all RCPs immediately.
Link
                                                                                                          Seal cooling still exists.
Minutia  
                                                                                                      B. Trip all RCPs immediately.
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
51
H
3
S
003 2.4.31, New, Higher  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Last bullet on given information does not appear to have any  
value.  
Thursday, October 06, 2011  
1.  
K/A is met.  
2.  
Distractor D is not plausible as written. The combination of  
leaving the RCPs running, in combination with a loss of all seal  
cooling, does not make any sense. However, changing  
distractor D in a 2x2 format means that other aspects of the Q  
also have to change.  
3.  
Potential recommendation:  
   
Initial plant conditions:  
-100% power  
Current plant conditions:  
-XCP-612 pt 4, PHASE B ISOL, alarms  
-RB Spray pumps A and B are NOT running  
-RB pressure is 0.4 psig and stable  
-all phase B automatic actions have occurred  
Based on the current conditions, which ONE (1) of the following  
states how RCPs should be operated, in accordance with ARP-
001-XCP-612 for PHASE B ISOL; AND what is the status of  
RCP seal cooling?  
A. Trip all RCPs immediately.  
      Seal cooling still exists.  
B. Trip all RCPs immediately.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                          All seal cooling has been lost.
Q#
                                                                                                      C. RCP operation may continue as long as parameters remain
1.  
                                                                                                      within limits as displayed on IPCS ZZRCPBRG.
LOK
                                                                                                          Seal cooling still exists.
(F/H)
                                                                                                      D. RCP operation may continue as long as parameters remain
2.  
                                                                                                      within limits as displayed on IPCS ZZRCPBRG.
LOD
                                                                                                          All seal cooling has been lost.
(1-5)
                                                                                        E        4.   Note: the reason it would not be recommended to simply insert
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      the above first part of C. and D. into the Q as written now, is the
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      LOCA in progress. Specifically, RCP trip criteria is so well-
5. Other  
                                                                                                      known that if the LOCA progresses to the point that a valid
6.  
                                                                                                      phase B occurs, it is much less plausible to keep the RCPs
                                                                                                      running. I.e., if the LOCA started out as a small enough
U/E/S
                                                                                                      SBLOCA that we didnt have to trip RCPs on the first pass
7.  
                                                                                                      through EOP-1.0/EOP-2.0, now the LOCA has gotten so big
   
                                                                                                      theres 12 psig into the RBso the operators will be thinking
Explanation
                                                                                                      shut down the RCPs even without the phase B actuation.
Stem  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Focus
                                                                                                1.   Made the question into 2 by 2, good
Cues  
                                                                                                2.   SAT
T/F  
                                                                                            SAT
Cred.  
                                                                                        S
Dist.
                                                                                            002 G2.2.44, New, Higher
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      KA appears to match.
Link
  52  H    2-3                                                                          S  Thursday, October 06, 2011
Minutia  
                                                                                                1.   Second part of distractors A. and C. are weak, because no
#/  
                                                                                                      RWST level to be worried about is provided in the Q stem.
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
E
      All seal cooling has been lost.  
C. RCP operation may continue as long as parameters remain  
within limits as displayed on IPCS ZZRCPBRG.  
      Seal cooling still exists.  
D. RCP operation may continue as long as parameters remain  
within limits as displayed on IPCS ZZRCPBRG.  
      All seal cooling has been lost.  
4.  
Note: the reason it would not be recommended to simply insert  
the above first part of C. and D. into the Q as written now, is the  
LOCA in progress. Specifically, RCP trip criteria is so well-
known that if the LOCA progresses to the point that a valid  
phase B occurs, it is much less plausible to keep the RCPs  
running. I.e., if the LOCA started out as a small enough  
SBLOCA that we didnt have to trip RCPs on the first pass  
through EOP-1.0/EOP-2.0, now the LOCA has gotten so big  
theres 12 psig into the RBso the operators will be thinking  
shut down the RCPs even without the phase B actuation.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Made the question into 2 by 2, good  
2.  
SAT  
SAT  
S
52
H
2-3
S  
002 G2.2.44, New, Higher  
KA appears to match.  
   
Thursday, October 06, 2011  
1.  
Second part of distractors A. and C. are weak, because no  
RWST level to be worried about is provided in the Q stem.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                2.   Recommendation: keep the distractors as shown, modify the Q
Q#
                                                                                                      statement to read something like
1.  
                                                                                                      Given the following plant conditions:
LOK
                                                                                        E            -The crew is responding to a Faulted Steam Generator (S/G)
(F/H)
                                                                                                      -The S/G has blown dry
2.  
                                                                                                      -The crew has transitioned to EOP-1.2, SI TERMINATION
LOD
                                                                                                      -RCS pressure is increasing
(1-5)
                                                                                                      -RWST level is 40% and slowly decreasing (licensee verify a
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      good RWST level at this point)
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      -A charging pump is running
5. Other  
                                                                                                      -The crew has just secured the B charging pump
6.  
                                                                                                      Based on the given conditions, which ONE (1) of the following is
                                                                                                      the next required action, in accordance with EOP-1.2; AND why
U/E/S
                                                                                        S            a reduction in SI flow should be done expeditiously?
7.  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
   
                                                                                                1.   Changed this to have just RWST is decreasing.
Explanation
                                                                                                2.   SAT
Stem  
                                                                                            002 K5.14, New, Higher
Focus
                                                                                                      KA appears to match.
Cues  
                                                                                        S  Thursday, October 06, 2011
T/F  
                                                                                                1.   Potential issue is that the electronic references for EOP-4.0 rev
Cred.  
                                                                                                      20 do not seem to have any steps that put in aux spray at steps
Dist.
                                                                                                      22 and 23 of EOP-4.0 (where the operators depressurize the
Partial Job-
53  H    2-3                                                                                        RCS to refill pressurizer). However, there is a step at EOP-4.0
Link
                                                                                                      22.c.2) that closes PVT-8125? When would this valve ever be
Minutia  
                                                                                                      opened before this point in EOP-4.0? Is this a potential
#/  
                                                                                                      procedural error? Discuss with licensee.
units
                                                                                        E        2.   This Q has overlap with a simulator JPMapplicants will be
Back-
                                                                                                      very familiar with steps 22 and 23 of EOP-4.0.
ward
                                                                                                3.   How is it plausible to put in aux spray if EOP-4.0 does not list
Q=  
                                                                                                      that as an option at steps 22/23?
K/A  
SRO
Only  
E
2.  
Recommendation: keep the distractors as shown, modify the Q  
statement to read something like  
Given the following plant conditions:  
-The crew is responding to a Faulted Steam Generator (S/G)  
-The S/G has blown dry  
-The crew has transitioned to EOP-1.2, SI TERMINATION  
-RCS pressure is increasing  
-RWST level is 40% and slowly decreasing (licensee verify a  
good RWST level at this point)  
-A charging pump is running  
-The crew has just secured the B charging pump  
Based on the given conditions, which ONE (1) of the following is  
the next required action, in accordance with EOP-1.2; AND why  
a reduction in SI flow should be done expeditiously?  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Changed this to have just RWST is decreasing.  
2.  
SAT  
S
53
H
2-3
S
002 K5.14, New, Higher  
KA appears to match.  
Thursday, October 06, 2011  
1.  
Potential issue is that the electronic references for EOP-4.0 rev  
20 do not seem to have any steps that put in aux spray at steps  
22 and 23 of EOP-4.0 (where the operators depressurize the  
RCS to refill pressurizer). However, there is a step at EOP-4.0  
22.c.2) that closes PVT-8125? When would this valve ever be  
opened before this point in EOP-4.0? Is this a potential  
procedural error? Discuss with licensee.  
2.  
This Q has overlap with a simulator JPMapplicants will be  
very familiar with steps 22 and 23 of EOP-4.0.  
3.  
How is it plausible to put in aux spray if EOP-4.0 does not list  
that as an option at steps 22/23?  
E


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                    Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                4.   Potential fix: put the operators in EOP-4.2 (i.e. step 27) in the
Q#
                                                                                                      fifth bullet of the Q stem. Maybe say something like the
1.  
                                                                                                      operators are at the step to depressurize the RCS to reduce
LOK
                                                                                                      break flow in EOP-4.2, SGTR WITH LOSS Does the Q still
(F/H)
                                                                                                      work thencheck with licensee? Since there is a chance to use
2.  
                                                                                                      aux spray in this procedure (EOP-4.2 vs. EOP-4.0), the
LOD
                                                                                        S            plausibility issues are enhanced.
(1-5)
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   Changed the starting point to EOP 4.2 at step 27.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            SATIFSACTORY
5. Other  
                                                                                            003 EA2.04, New, Higher
6.  
                                                                                                      KA appears to match.
                                                                                            Thursday, October 06, 2011
U/E/S
                                                                                                1.   Need to discuss with licensee the potential for first part of A. and
7.  
                                                                                                      C. to be correctpotential for C. to also be true. The provided
   
54  H    2                                                                          S            distractor analysis for A. or C. does not discuss why primary to
Explanation
                                                                                                      secondary leak flow has decreased is incorrect.
Stem  
                                                                                                2.   If first part of A. and C. can be shown to be incorrect, Q should
Focus
                                                                                                      be SAT.
Cues  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
T/F  
                                                                                                1.   SAT.
Cred.  
                                                                                                2.
Dist.
                                                                                            002 EK1.3, Bank, Knowledge
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      KA appears to match.
Link
  55  F    2                                                                          S
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
4.  
Potential fix: put the operators in EOP-4.2 (i.e. step 27) in the  
fifth bullet of the Q stem. Maybe say something like the  
operators are at the step to depressurize the RCS to reduce  
break flow in EOP-4.2, SGTR WITH LOSS Does the Q still  
work thencheck with licensee? Since there is a chance to use  
aux spray in this procedure (EOP-4.2 vs. EOP-4.0), the  
plausibility issues are enhanced.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Changed the starting point to EOP 4.2 at step 27.  
SATIFSACTORY  
54
H
2
S
003 EA2.04, New, Higher  
                KA appears to match.  
Thursday, October 06, 2011  
1.  
Need to discuss with licensee the potential for first part of A. and
C. to be correctpotential for C. to also be true. The provided  
distractor analysis for A. or C. does not discuss why primary to  
secondary leak flow has decreased is incorrect.  
2.  
If first part of A. and C. can be shown to be incorrect, Q should  
be SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
SAT.  
2.  
55
F
2
S
002 EK1.3, Bank, Knowledge  
                KA appears to match.  
   


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Thursday, October 06, 2011
Q#
                                                                                        E        1.   Q is low discriminatory value, operators who saw the EOP-2.5
1.  
                                                                                                      simulator scenario (and resulting simulator freeze issue) will
LOK
                                                                                                      be very familiar with this Q and the correct answer.
(F/H)
                                                                                                2.   Distractor C. is not plausible. Is there any procedure in the
2.  
                                                                                                      Westinghouse EOP network where SI flow rates are used as
LOD
                                                                                                      parameters? Recommend modifying C. to be RCS subcooling
(1-5)
                                                                                                3.   Q should be o.k. with modification.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                        S
5. Other  
                                                                                                1.   Fixed distractor C
6.  
                                                                                                2.   SAT
                                                                                                3.
U/E/S
                                                                                            009 EK1.02, New, Knowledge
7.  
                                                                                                      KA appears to match
   
                                                                                        S
Explanation
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
Stem  
                                                                                                1.   If the S/Gs are dry, answer choices to stop removing heat may
Focus
                                                                                                      be correct. Need to add S/G levels to stem of Q to ensure RCS-
Cues  
                                                                                                      to-S/Gs coupled in order for reflux boiling to occur? Maybe add
T/F  
                                                                                                      a bullet to state: All S/G narrow range levels are approximately
Cred.  
56  F    2                                                                                        50% and stable.
Dist.
                                                                                                2.   Steam binding is a phenomena normally associated with
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      pumps, not U-tube S/Gs, making the second part changes to A.
Link
                                                                                                      and B. suspect. Recommend stop removing heat due to
Minutia  
                                                                                        E            interruption of natural circulation. Ensure not too much
#/  
                                                                                                      overlap/potential double jeopardy with Q 53.
units
                                                                                                3.   The time frame is also important in this Q, because if the hot
Back-
                                                                                                      legs are completely voided would reflux boiling be able to
ward
                                                                                                      occur? Recommend modification to second Q statement as
Q=  
                                                                                                      follows: After RCS level decreases to the point that steam
K/A  
                                                                                                      voiding has just begun to occur in the RCS hot leg.
SRO
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Only  
E
Thursday, October 06, 2011  
1.  
Q is low discriminatory value, operators who saw the EOP-2.5  
simulator scenario (and resulting simulator freeze issue) will  
be very familiar with this Q and the correct answer.  
2.  
Distractor C. is not plausible. Is there any procedure in the  
Westinghouse EOP network where SI flow rates are used as  
parameters? Recommend modifying C. to be RCS subcooling  
3.  
Q should be o.k. with modification.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Fixed distractor C  
2.  
SAT  
3.  
S
56
F
2
S
009 EK1.02, New, Knowledge  
                KA appears to match  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
If the S/Gs are dry, answer choices to stop removing heat may  
be correct. Need to add S/G levels to stem of Q to ensure RCS-
to-S/Gs coupled in order for reflux boiling to occur? Maybe add  
a bullet to state: All S/G narrow range levels are approximately  
50% and stable.  
2.  
Steam binding is a phenomena normally associated with  
pumps, not U-tube S/Gs, making the second part changes to A.  
and B. suspect. Recommend stop removing heat due to  
interruption of natural circulation. Ensure not too much  
overlap/potential double jeopardy with Q 53.  
3.  
The time frame is also important in this Q, because if the hot  
legs are completely voided would reflux boiling be able to  
occur? Recommend modification to second Q statement as  
follows: After RCS level decreases to the point that steam  
voiding has just begun to occur in the RCS hot leg.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
E


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                1.   Added all the recommendations.
Q#
                                                                                                2.
1.  
                                                                                            SAT
LOK
                                                                                                      KA appears to match
(F/H)
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
2.  
                                                                                        E
LOD
                                                                                                1.   Potential overlap with Q 52, ensure were not putting the
(1-5)
                                                                                                      applicant in too much double jeopardy. Should be o.k.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                2.   The fact that every distractor except C. deals with Both RHR
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      pumps gives it weak plausibility. Recommend either changing
5. Other  
                                                                                                      C. to Both RHR pumps were stopped to conserve RWST
6.  
57  H    2                                                                                        inventory, or potentially changing B. to read something like
                                                                                                      ONE (1) RHR pump was stopped to align to charging pump
U/E/S
                                                                                                      suction, if you want to keep C. as writtenthis will improve the
7.  
                                                                                                      parallelism of the Q.
   
                                                                                                3.   Recommend adding in accordance with EOP-2.0 LOSS OF
Explanation
                                                                                                      REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT to the end of the
Stem  
                                                                                        S
Focus
                                                                                                      WOOTF statement to clearly identify the source of the correct
Cues  
                                                                                                      answer.
T/F  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Cred.  
                                                                                            Satisfactory,
Dist.
                                                                                            004 A2.01, Higher, New
Partial Job-
58  H    2                                                                          E        1.   KA appears to match.
Link
                                                                                                2.   Question uses much of the same information required to answer
Minutia  
                                                                                                      question 57.
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
1.  
Added all the recommendations.  
2.  
SAT  
57
H
2
E
                KA appears to match  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Potential overlap with Q 52, ensure were not putting the  
applicant in too much double jeopardy. Should be o.k.  
2.  
The fact that every distractor except C. deals with Both RHR  
pumps gives it weak plausibility. Recommend either changing  
C. to Both RHR pumps were stopped to conserve RWST  
inventory, or potentially changing B. to read something like  
ONE (1) RHR pump was stopped to align to charging pump  
suction, if you want to keep C. as writtenthis will improve the  
parallelism of the Q.  
3.  
Recommend adding in accordance with EOP-2.0 LOSS OF  
REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT to the end of the  
WOOTF statement to clearly identify the source of the correct  
answer.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
Satisfactory,  
S
58
H
2
E
004 A2.01, Higher, New  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Question uses much of the same information required to answer  
question 57.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
Q#
                                                                                        S
1.  
                                                                                                1.   Q looks SAT.
LOK
                                                                                            SAT
(F/H)
                                                                                            003 A1.2, Higher, New
2.  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
LOD
                                                                                                2.   For the choices give, 5% power level could never be wrong. It
(1-5)
                                                                                                      is more severe than IR SUR positive, therefore without knowing
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      anything else, if the SUR answer led to a red path, then the
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      power range answer must too.
5. Other  
                                                                                        E
6.  
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
                                                                                                1.   Q still has a potential subset issue/multiple correct answers,
U/E/S
                                                                                                      because if Intermediate Range SUR is positive, wouldnt Source
7.  
                                                                                                      Range SUR be positive as well?
   
                                                                                                2. Recommend modifying the Q statement as follows: WOOTF
Explanation
59  H    2                          X                                                              and the lowest Intermediate Range SUR indication that will
Stem  
                                                                                                      result in an ORANGE path on the Subcriticality critical safety
Focus
                                                                                                      function, in accordance with EOP-12.0, MONITORING OF
Cues  
                                                                                                      CRITICAL SAFETY FUNCTIONS?
T/F  
                                                                                                      A. End of Life
Cred.  
                                                                                                          0.1 DPM and stable
Dist.
                                                                                                      B. End of Life
Partial Job-
                                                                                        S                0.2 DPM and stable
Link
                                                                                                      C. Beginning of Life
Minutia  
                                                                                                          0.1 DPM and stable
#/  
                                                                                                      D. Beginning of Life
units
                                                                                                          0.2 DPM and stable
Back-
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
ward
                                                                                                1. Used recommendation.
Q=  
                                                                                                2.
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Q looks SAT.  
SAT  
59
H
2
X
E
003 A1.2, Higher, New  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
For the choices give, 5% power level could never be wrong. It  
is more severe than IR SUR positive, therefore without knowing  
anything else, if the SUR answer led to a red path, then the  
power range answer must too.
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Q still has a potential subset issue/multiple correct answers,  
because if Intermediate Range SUR is positive, wouldnt Source  
Range SUR be positive as well?  
2.  
Recommend modifying the Q statement as follows: WOOTF  
and the lowest Intermediate Range SUR indication that will  
result in an ORANGE path on the Subcriticality critical safety  
function, in accordance with EOP-12.0, MONITORING OF  
CRITICAL SAFETY FUNCTIONS?  
                A. End of Life  
                      0.1 DPM and stable  
                B. End of Life  
                      0.2 DPM and stable  
                C. Beginning of Life  
                      0.1 DPM and stable  
                D. Beginning of Life  
                      0.2 DPM and stable  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Used recommendation.  
2.  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            E13 EK3.4, Knowledge, Bank
Q#
                                                                                                      KA appears to match
1.  
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
LOK
                                                                                        E        1.   This Q has overlap issues with SRO Q 94.
(F/H)
                                                                                                2.   Need to understand the impact of the loss of instrument air
2.  
                                                                                                      header pressurehas it been long enough to bleed down MSIV
LOD
                                                                                                      accumulators and close all MSIVs? Issue is that if the
(1-5)
                                                                                                      condenser is available, then EOP-15.1 step 8 alternate action
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      would first have the operator locally operate steam dump valves
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      before attempting to locally operate SG PORVs.
5. Other  
                                                                                                3.   Distractor C is not plausible. Common knowledge that TDEFW
6.  
                                                                                                      pump has steam line sources from B & C S/Gs, not the A S/G. If
                                                                                                      the overlap issues can be resolved and it made clear that it has
U/E/S
60  F    3                                                                                        been a long-term loss of instrument air, changing distractor C. to
7.  
                                                                                                      say Locally operate steam dump valves in all condenser
   
                                                                                                      sections to reduce affected SG pressure, may be a plausible
Explanation
                                                                                                      candidate for replacing C.
Stem  
                                                                                                4.   Should delete based upon a yellow condition on the Heat
Focus
                                                                                                      Sink CSF status tree as teaching in the stem; you can only get
Cues  
                                                                                                      to EOP-15.1 on a yellow path.
T/F  
                                                                                        S  Friday, October 14, 2011
Cred.  
                                                                                                1.   Changed no overlap issue.
Dist.
                                                                                                2.   MSIVs no accumulators
Partial Job-
                                                                                                3.   Removed teaching from the stem.
Link
                                                                                                4.   In C removed in each condenser section. To each condenser
Minutia  
                                                                                                      like the procedure.
#/  
                                                                                            SAT
units
                                                                                            W/E15 EA1.3 get this from here.
Back-
  61  F    2                                                                          S
ward
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
Q=  
                                                                                                1.   Distractor B. is a subset of correct answer A. A faulted SG
K/A  
SRO
Only  
60
F
3
E
E13 EK3.4, Knowledge, Bank  
KA appears to match  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
This Q has overlap issues with SRO Q 94.  
2.  
Need to understand the impact of the loss of instrument air  
header pressurehas it been long enough to bleed down MSIV  
accumulators and close all MSIVs? Issue is that if the  
condenser is available, then EOP-15.1 step 8 alternate action  
would first have the operator locally operate steam dump valves  
before attempting to locally operate SG PORVs.  
3.  
Distractor C is not plausible. Common knowledge that TDEFW  
pump has steam line sources from B & C S/Gs, not the A S/G. If  
the overlap issues can be resolved and it made clear that it has  
been a long-term loss of instrument air, changing distractor C. to  
say Locally operate steam dump valves in all condenser  
sections to reduce affected SG pressure, may be a plausible  
candidate for replacing C.  
4.  
Should delete based upon a yellow condition on the Heat  
Sink CSF status tree as teaching in the stem; you can only get  
to EOP-15.1 on a yellow path.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Changed no overlap issue.
2.  
MSIVs no accumulators  
3.  
Removed teaching from the stem.  
4.  
In C removed in each condenser section. To each condenser  
like the procedure.  
SAT  
S
61
F
2
S
W/E15 EA1.3   get this from here.
   
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Distractor B. is a subset of correct answer A. A faulted SG  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      inside containment would be one of the unexpected sources of
Q#
                                                                                                      water. Therefore B. is a non-plausible distractor.
1.  
                                                                                                2.   Potential recommendation for B.: Evaluate ECCS system
LOK
                                                                                                      status to determine strategy to transition to cold and hot leg
(F/H)
                                                                                                      injection. to play off distractor D.
2.  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
LOD
                                                                                                1.   Changed B to look like D.
(1-5)
                                                                                            SATISFACTORY
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            022 G2.4.11, Higher, Modified
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
5. Other  
                                                                                                2.   Using the word Immediately implies immediate action. Instead
6.  
                                                                                        E            suggest using which step will the AOP require first?
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
U/E/S
  62  H    2-3
7.  
                                                                                                1.   Q was modified as requested in first 401-9.
   
                                                                                                2.   Q is of low discriminatory value, but acceptable.
Explanation
                                                                                                3.   Q now appears SAT.
Stem  
                                                                                        S  Friday, October 14, 2011
Focus
                                                                                            SAT
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
inside containment would be one of the unexpected sources of  
water. Therefore B. is a non-plausible distractor.  
2.  
Potential recommendation for B.: Evaluate ECCS system  
status to determine strategy to transition to cold and hot leg  
injection. to play off distractor D.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Changed B to look like D.  
SATISFACTORY  
62
H
2-3
E
022 G2.4.11, Higher, Modified  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Using the word Immediately implies immediate action. Instead  
suggest using which step will the AOP require first?  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
   
1.  
Q was modified as requested in first 401-9.  
2.  
Q is of low discriminatory value, but acceptable.  
3.  
Q now appears SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
SAT  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            00024AK1.01 need to get this one from file.
Q#
                                                                                            003 AK1.01, Knowledge, New
1.  
                                                                                        E        1.   KA slightly matches.
LOK
                                                                                                2.   The question is NOT very discriminating. The candidates really
(F/H)
                                                                                                      do not need to understand the operational impact of the loss of
2.  
                                                                                                      RHR, the just need to know the max pressure and temperature
LOD
                                                                                                      that it can be put in service. A better question might put them
(1-5)
                                                                                                      outside one of the limits and have them determine that they
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      cannot put it in service until they restore the parameter.
4. Job Content Flaws  
  63  F    2                                                                X
5. Other  
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
6.  
                                                                                                1.   Q was modified as requested in first 401-9.
                                                                                                2.   Could be acceptable Q if source is provided for correct
U/E/S
                                                                                                      answeri.e. design limits based on what document?
7.  
                                                                                                      Westinghouse Design Basis Document for RHR system? VC
   
                                                                                        S            Summer FSAR? Etc. Once source is specified, recommend
Explanation
                                                                                                      listing it as an in accordance with at the end of WOOTF
Stem  
                                                                                                      statement.
Focus
                                                                                                3.   Q may be o.k. with modifications as requested
Cues  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
T/F  
                                                                                                1.   Changed question based on the comment from NRC.
Cred.  
                                                                                            076 K3.05,Knowledge, New
Dist.
                                                                                        S        1.   KA appears to match.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                2.   Answer is logical. Does not appear to be adequate procedural
Link
                                                                                                      documentation to ensure only one correct answer. How long is
Minutia  
64  F    2-3
#/  
                                                                                                      RCS temperature expected to remain stable?
units
                                                                                        E
Back-
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
63
F
2
X
E
00024AK1.01 need to get this one from file.
003 AK1.01, Knowledge, New  
1.  
KA slightly matches.  
2.  
The question is NOT very discriminating. The candidates really  
do not need to understand the operational impact of the loss of  
RHR, the just need to know the max pressure and temperature  
that it can be put in service. A better question might put them  
outside one of the limits and have them determine that they  
cannot put it in service until they restore the parameter.  
   
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Q was modified as requested in first 401-9.  
2.  
Could be acceptable Q if source is provided for correct  
answeri.e. design limits based on what document?
Westinghouse Design Basis Document for RHR system? VC  
Summer FSAR? Etc. Once source is specified, recommend  
listing it as an in accordance with at the end of WOOTF  
statement.  
3.  
Q may be o.k. with modifications as requested  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Changed question based on the comment from NRC.
S
64
F
2-3
S
076 K3.05,Knowledge, New  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Answer is logical. Does not appear to be adequate procedural  
documentation to ensure only one correct answer.   How long is  
RCS temperature expected to remain stable?  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
E


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                1.   Distractor B is non-plausible. How would the condenser still be
Q#
                                                                                                      available? Recommend slight modification to read: Dump
1.  
                                                                                                      steam using S/G PORVs.
LOK
                                                                                        S  Friday, October 14, 2011
(F/H)
                                                                                                1.   Version two uses SG PORVs.
2.  
                                                                                                2.   Changed B to use MDAFW to feel one SG and use that S/G to
LOD
                                                                                                      depressurization.
(1-5)
                                                                                            065 AA1.03, Knowledge, New
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   KA sort of matches.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                        E        2.   KA is asking how to operate equipment when air is restored. In
5. Other  
                                                                                                      other words, what do you need to do prior to restoring air to
6.  
                                                                                                      ensure you dont damage the plant or cause another transient
                                                                                                      when you restore air. Valve switches may be placed in hard
U/E/S
                                                                                                      open or closed (or gagged open or closed) to prevent
7.  
                                                                                                      repositioning upon air restoration. This question appears to be
   
                                                                                                      written from a standpoint of operating without air vice operating
Explanation
                                                                                        S            while restoring air.
Stem  
  65  F    3                                                                X
Focus
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
Cues  
                                                                                                1.   Q was modified as requested in initial 401-9.
T/F  
                                                                                                2.   Q now looks SAT.
Cred.  
                                                                                        S
Dist.
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Partial Job-
                                                                                            Validation identified that it was a gaging handwheel so had to change the
Link
                                                                                            stem to a valve that needed to be ungagged.
Minutia  
                                                                                            079 A4.01, Higher, New
#/  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
units
66  F    2                          X                                                E        2.   Answer C is NOT plausible. Why would service air isolate
Back-
                                                                                                      before the backup compressor started?
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
1.  
Distractor B is non-plausible. How would the condenser still be  
available? Recommend slight modification to read: Dump  
steam using S/G PORVs.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Version two uses SG PORVs.  
2.  
Changed B to use MDAFW to feel one SG and use that S/G to  
depressurization.  
65
F
3
X
E
065 AA1.03, Knowledge, New  
1.  
KA sort of matches.  
2.  
KA is asking how to operate equipment when air is restored. In  
other words, what do you need to do prior to restoring air to  
ensure you dont damage the plant or cause another transient  
when you restore air. Valve switches may be placed in hard  
open or closed (or gagged open or closed) to prevent  
repositioning upon air restoration. This question appears to be  
written from a standpoint of operating without air vice operating  
while restoring air.  
   
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Q was modified as requested in initial 401-9.  
2.  
Q now looks SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
Validation identified that it was a gaging handwheel so had to change the  
stem to a valve that needed to be ungagged.  
S
S
66
F
2
X
E
079 A4.01, Higher, New  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Answer C is NOT plausible. Why would service air isolate  
before the backup compressor started?  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                    Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
Q#
                                                                                        S        1.   Q modified as requested in initial 401-9.
1.  
                                                                                                2.   Q now looks SAT.
LOK
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
(F/H)
                                                                                        S        1.   Not higher level of knowledge otherwise ok.
2.  
                                                                                                2.   SAT
LOD
                                                                                            059 G2.4.11, Higher, Bank
(1-5)
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                        S        2.   Consider asking which AOP would they enter and what is the
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      first action that would be taken.
5. Other  
                                                                                                3.   Is it certain that manually controlling all three FRVs cannot
6.  
                                                                                                      cause SG levels to rise?
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
U/E/S
                                                                                                1.   Distractor A. is still potentially correct. For the given plant
7.  
                                                                                                      conditions, operators would meet entry conditions for AOP-
   
                                                                                                      210.1 and A. is the first immediate operator action of AOP-
Explanation
                                                                                        E            210.1. Also, use of the word all in distractor A. is a giveaway
Stem  
67  F    2-3
Focus
                                                                                                      word.
Cues  
                                                                                                2.   If agreement can be reached that A. is clearly technically
T/F  
                                                                                                      incorrect, recommend changing A. to read take feed reg. valves
Cred.  
                                                                                                      to manual for the affected S/Gs.
Dist.
                                                                                                3.   If A. is not clearly incorrect, recommend development of new
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      distractor to replace A. Would it be plausible to start additional
Link
                                                                                                      condensate pumps or feedwater booster pumps?
Minutia  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
#/  
                                                                                        S        1.   Changed A to start feed water booster pump.
units
                                                                                                2.   Changed the stem . see final exam for changes.
Back-
                                                                                                3.   Sat
ward
                                                                                            SAT
Q=  
                                                                                            077 AK3.02, Higher, New
K/A  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
SRO
  68  H    3                                                                          S
Only  
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
S
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Q modified as requested in initial 401-9.  
2.  
Q now looks SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Not higher level of knowledge otherwise ok.
2.  
SAT  
S
67
F
2-3
S
059 G2.4.11, Higher, Bank  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Consider asking which AOP would they enter and what is the  
first action that would be taken.  
3.  
Is it certain that manually controlling all three FRVs cannot  
cause SG levels to rise?  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Distractor A. is still potentially correct. For the given plant  
conditions, operators would meet entry conditions for AOP-
210.1 and A. is the first immediate operator action of AOP-
210.1. Also, use of the word all in distractor A. is a giveaway  
word.  
2.  
If agreement can be reached that A. is clearly technically  
incorrect, recommend changing A. to read take feed reg. valves
to manual for the affected S/Gs.  
3.  
If A. is not clearly incorrect, recommend development of new  
distractor to replace A. Would it be plausible to start additional  
condensate pumps or feedwater booster pumps?  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Changed A to start feed water booster pump.
2.  
Changed the stem . see final exam for changes.  
3.  
Sat  
SAT  
E
S
68
H
3
S
077 AK3.02, Higher, New  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
   
Friday, October 07, 2011  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                1.   Unsure about higher cognitive, Q can be answered via simple
Q#
                                                                                                      recall of AOP-301.1 CAUTION/first step. Should be
1.  
                                                                                                      Fundamental LOK.
LOK
                                                                                                2.   Recommend adding Based on the given conditions,  to the
(F/H)
                                                                                                      WOOTF statement.
2.  
                                                                                                3.   Otherwise Q looks SAT.
LOD
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
(1-5)
                                                                                                1.   SAT
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            SAT
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            059 AK1.01, Knowledge, New
5. Other  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
6.  
                                                                                                2.   If this is knowledge that the operators are expected to
                                                                                        E
U/E/S
                                                                                                      memorize, it is OK. However it is not very discriminating.
7.  
                                                                                                      Specific to plant.
   
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
Explanation
69  F    2                                                                                    1.   What microcuries/gm setpoint would correspond to a full
Stem  
                                                                                                      Condensate Storage Tank? i.e. check to ensure A. and B. are
Focus
                                                                                                      incorrect.
Cues  
                                                                                                2.   As mentioned in first 401-9, not very discriminating; however, if
T/F  
                                                                                        S            above concern is resolved Q should be SAT.
Cred.  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Dist.
                                                                                                1.   SAT as is, need to know spec.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                SAT
Link
                                                                                            058 G2.2.36 Higher, New
Minutia  
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
#/  
                                                                                                2.   Memorization. No higher level ability required.
units
                                                                                                3.   Not very discriminating. Any person knowledgeable of PWR
Back-
70  F    2                                                                          S            operations could answer.
ward
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
Q=  
                                                                                                1.   Q should be SAT.
K/A  
SRO
Only  
1.  
Unsure about higher cognitive, Q can be answered via simple  
recall of AOP-301.1 CAUTION/first step. Should be  
Fundamental LOK.
2.  
Recommend adding Based on the given conditions,  to the  
WOOTF statement.  
3.  
Otherwise Q looks SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
SAT  
SAT  
69
F
2
E
059 AK1.01, Knowledge, New  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
If this is knowledge that the operators are expected to  
memorize, it is OK. However it is not very discriminating.
Specific to plant.  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
What microcuries/gm setpoint would correspond to a full  
Condensate Storage Tank? i.e. check to ensure A. and B. are  
incorrect.  
2.  
As mentioned in first 401-9, not very discriminating; however, if  
above concern is resolved Q should be SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
SAT as is, need to know spec.
SAT  
S
70
F
2
S
058 G2.2.36 Higher, New  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Memorization. No higher level ability required.  
3.  
Not very discriminating. Any person knowledgeable of PWR  
operations could answer.  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Q should be SAT.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                    Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Q#
                                                                                            sat
1.  
                                                                                            003 3.01, Higher, New
LOK
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
(F/H)
                                                                                                2.   Stopping dilution within 1 hour is part of the material below the
2.  
                                                                                        S            line. ROs do not need to know this information. This makes
LOD
                                                                                                      these distracters very weak. Recommend using be in cold
(1-5)
                                                                                                      shutdown within 12 hours as a better distracter.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                        E        1.   Potential subset issueif second part of distracters B. and D.
5. Other  
                                                                                                      were correct, second part of distracters A. and C. are also
6.  
                                                                                                      correct.
71   F    2                          X
U/E/S
                                                                                                2.   Also need to add with no operator action to the Q statement?
7.  
                                                                                                      Because FCV-122 is in MANUAL
   
                                                                                                3.   Potential fix for this issue would be to change WOOTF
Explanation
                                                                                                      statement to read: Which ONE(1) of the following describes an
Stem  
                                                                                                      expected parameter trend if the running RHR pump trips with no
Focus
                                                                                                      other operator actions, and the required action as stated in
Cues  
                                                                                                      Technical Specifications?
T/F  
                                                                                        S
Cred.  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Dist.
                                                                                                1.   Fixed the subset issues.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                2.   Added with no operator actions to the stem.
Link
                                                                                            SATISFACTORY
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
sat  
71
F
2
X
S
003 3.01, Higher, New  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Stopping dilution within 1 hour is part of the material below the  
line. ROs do not need to know this information. This makes  
these distracters very weak. Recommend using be in cold  
shutdown within 12 hours as a better distracter.  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Potential subset issueif second part of distracters B. and D.  
were correct, second part of distracters A. and C. are also  
correct.   
2.  
Also need to add with no operator action to the Q statement?  
Because FCV-122 is in MANUAL  
3.  
Potential fix for this issue would be to change WOOTF  
statement to read: Which ONE(1) of the following describes an  
expected parameter trend if the running RHR pump trips with no  
other operator actions, and the required action as stated in  
Technical Specifications?  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Fixed the subset issues.  
2.  
Added with no operator actions to the stem.  
SATISFACTORY  
E
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            017 AK2.10, Knowledge, New
Q#
                                                                                                1.   KA matches somewhat.
1.  
                                                                                                2.   Memorization. No higher level ability required.
LOK
                                                                                                3.   Not very discriminating. Memorization of the trip setpoint and a
(F/H)
                                                                                                      basic understanding of reactor physics that any nuclear
2.  
                                                                                        U              professional should have.
LOD
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
(1-5)
                                                                                                1.   This Q has multiple subset issues. As written D. is a potentially
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      correct answer along with C. Second part of A. and B. are not
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      plausible because they would allow operators to restart a RCP
5. Other  
                                                                                                      at 100% power (current MODE is MODE 1), and because if the
6.  
                                                                                                      second part of A. and B. are true, then the second part of C. and
                                                                                                      D. are also true.
U/E/S
                                                                                                2.   311 degrees is also not plausible because its too highseal
7.  
                                                                                                      return would be superheated at this temp? (return flow at VCT
   
                                                                                                      pressure?)
Explanation
72  F    2                                                                                    3.   Q as written is UNSAT due to the above issues.
Stem  
                                                                                                4.   Potential fix/recommendation: (delete the Given and the
Focus
                                                                                                      bullets)
Cues  
                                                                                            In accordance with SOP-101, REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM, which
T/F  
                                                                                            ONE (1) of the following correctly identifies:
Cred.  
                                                                                            1) The lowest seal water outlet temperature at which a RCP must be
Dist.
                                                                                        S
Partial Job-
                                                                                            stopped.
Link
                                                                                            2) The highest MODE in which a RCP can be restarted after the cause of
Minutia  
                                                                                            the high temperature is corrected?
#/  
                                                                                            A. 1) 195 F
units
                                                                                                2) MODE 3
Back-
                                                                                            B. 1) 195 F
ward
                                                                                                2) MODE 4
Q=  
                                                                                            C. 1) 235 F
K/A  
                                                                                                2) MODE 3
SRO
Only  
72
F
2
U
017 AK2.10, Knowledge, New  
1.  
KA matches somewhat.  
2.  
Memorization. No higher level ability required.  
3.  
Not very discriminating. Memorization of the trip setpoint and a  
basic understanding of reactor physics that any nuclear  
professional should have.  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
This Q has multiple subset issues. As written D. is a potentially  
correct answer along with C. Second part of A. and B. are not  
plausible because they would allow operators to restart a RCP  
at 100% power (current MODE is MODE 1), and because if the  
second part of A. and B. are true, then the second part of C. and  
D. are also true.  
2.  
311 degrees is also not plausible because its too highseal  
return would be superheated at this temp? (return flow at VCT  
pressure?)  
3.  
Q as written is UNSAT due to the above issues.  
4.  
Potential fix/recommendation: (delete the Given and the  
bullets)  
In accordance with SOP-101, REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM, which  
ONE (1) of the following correctly identifies:  
1) The lowest seal water outlet temperature at which a RCP must be  
stopped.  
2) The highest MODE in which a RCP can be restarted after the cause of  
the high temperature is corrected?  
A. 1) 195 F  
      2) MODE 3  
B. 1) 195 F  
      2) MODE 4  
C. 1) 235 F  
      2) MODE 3  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            D. 1) 235 F
Q#
                                                                                                2) MODE 4
1.  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
LOK
                                                                                            Followed all recommendations.
(F/H)
                                                                                            SAT
2.  
                                                                                            003 AK1.21 Higher, New
LOD
                                                                                                1.   KA appears to match.
(1-5)
                                                                                                2.   Not very discriminating. Bases for the plausibility of AFD being
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      within the band is that the candidate must know that the
4. Job Content Flaws  
73  H    2                          X                                                S            surveillance requires 2/4 to be outside the band to be
5. Other  
                                                                                                      considered outside the band. Given that it is easy to see that
6.  
                                                                                                      two NIs are outside the band, the average person with no
                                                                                                      knowledge would declare it out. A more discriminating question
U/E/S
                                                                                                      would have three inside and one outside.
7.  
   
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
D. 1) 235 F  
      2) MODE 4  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
Followed all recommendations.  
SAT  
73
H
2
X
S
003 AK1.21 Higher, New  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Not very discriminating. Bases for the plausibility of AFD being  
within the band is that the candidate must know that the  
surveillance requires 2/4 to be outside the band to be  
considered outside the band. Given that it is easy to see that  
two NIs are outside the band, the average person with no  
knowledge would declare it out. A more discriminating question  
would have three inside and one outside.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                           7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                    Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
Q#
                                                                                                1.   Q was not changed given the recommendation of the first 401-9.
1.  
                                                                                                      As written, first part of Q is essentially a direct look-up on the
LOK
                                                                                        E            100% power line (points given on the provided reference).
(F/H)
                                                                                                      Therefore, with two values outside the acceptable region,
2.  
                                                                                                      plausibility of first part of A. and C. is weak.
LOD
                                                                                                2.   Recommend changes to delta flux indications as follows:
(1-5)
                                                                                            Before the Drop           After the drop
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            N41 -4.4%                       -3.6%
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            N42 -4.4%                       -5.7%
5. Other  
                                                                                            N43 -4.4%                       -9.1%
6.  
                                                                                            N44 -4.4%                       -6.8%
                                                                                                3.   Recommend changing the second half of the Q statement to
U/E/S
                                                                                                      The BOP is required to maintain Tavg within a maximum of
7.  
                                                                                                      _____ of Tref, in accordance with AOP-403.5, STUCK OR
   
                                                                                                      MISALIGNED CONTROL ROD.
Explanation
                                                                                                4.   If the above changes are made, C. is the new correct answer.
Stem  
                                                                                                5.   Q should be ok with modifications.
Focus
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
Cues  
                                                                                                1.   Sat as changed, it is a little different but ok
T/F  
                                                                                            2.2.35, Knowledge, New
Cred.  
                                                                                        S            KA appears to match
Dist.
  74  F    2                                                                              Friday, October 07, 2011
Partial Job-
                                                                                        E        1.   K_eff values up to 0.99 are not plausible. How could you ever
Link
                                                                                                      refuel at that value? Recommend making one first part choice
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
E
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Q was not changed given the recommendation of the first 401-9.  
As written, first part of Q is essentially a direct look-up on the  
100% power line (points given on the provided reference).
Therefore, with two values outside the acceptable region,  
plausibility of first part of A. and C. is weak.  
2.  
Recommend changes to delta flux indications as follows:  
Before the Drop             After the drop  
N41   -4.4%                           -3.6%  
N42   -4.4%                           -5.7%  
N43   -4.4%                           -9.1%  
N44   -4.4%                           -6.8%  
3.  
Recommend changing the second half of the Q statement to  
The BOP is required to maintain Tavg within a maximum of  
_____ of Tref, in accordance with AOP-403.5, STUCK OR  
MISALIGNED CONTROL ROD.  
4.  
If the above changes are made, C. is the new correct answer.  
5.  
Q should be ok with modifications.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Sat as changed, it is a little different but ok  
74
F
2
S
2.2.35, Knowledge, New  
KA appears to match  
   
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
K_eff values up to 0.99 are not plausible. How could you ever  
refuel at that value? Recommend making one first part choice  
E


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws     5. Other     6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-     Q= SRO      U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward  K/A Only
                                                                                                          less than or equal to 0.90 and the other less than or equal to
Q#
                                                                                                          0.95 Temperature choices in the 2x2 are ok.
1.  
                                                                                                    2.   Another potential enhancement to WOOTF statement: WOOTF
LOK
                                                                                                          that can exist when the first Rx Vessel head bolt is
(F/H)
                                                                                                          detensioned in accordance with Technical Specifications?
2.  
                                                                                            S
LOD
                                                                                                Friday, October 14, 2011
(1-5)
                                                                                                    1.   Changed from 0.99 to 0.90, changed less than or equal to .
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                    2.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                003 2.2.37, Knowledge, Bank
5. Other  
                                                                                            S        1.   KA appears to match.
6.  
                                                                                                    2.   Memorization. Plant specific.
  75  F    3                                                                              S  Friday, October 07, 2011
U/E/S
                                                                                                    1.   Q appears to be SAT.
7.  
                                                                                                Friday, October 14, 2011
   
                                                                                                    1.
Explanation
                                                                        SRO ONLY Questions
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
less than or equal to 0.90 and the other less than or equal to  
0.95 Temperature choices in the 2x2 are ok.  
2.  
Another potential enhancement to WOOTF statement: WOOTF  
that can exist when the first Rx Vessel head bolt is  
detensioned in accordance with Technical Specifications?  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Changed from 0.99 to 0.90, changed less than or equal to .
2.  
75
F
3
S
003 2.2.37, Knowledge, Bank  
1.  
KA appears to match.  
2.  
Memorization. Plant specific.  
   
Friday, October 07, 2011  
1.  
Q appears to be SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
S
SRO ONLY Questions  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            017 AK2.10, Knowledge, New
Q#
                                                                                                4.   KA matches somewhat.
1.  
                                                                                                5.   Memorization. No higher level ability required.
LOK
                                                                                                6.   Not very discriminating. Memorization of the trip setpoint and a
(F/H)
                                                                                                      basic understanding of reactor physics that any nuclear
2.  
                                                                                                      professional should have.
LOD
                                                                                            Friday, October 07, 2011
(1-5)
                                                                                                5.   This Q has multiple subset issues. As written D. is a potentially
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      correct answer along with C. Second part of A. and B. are not
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      plausible because they would allow operators to restart a RCP
5. Other  
76  H    3                                                                          E            at 100% power (current MODE is MODE 1), and because if the
6.  
                                                                                                      second part of A. and B. are true, then the second part of C. and
                                                                                                      D. are also true.
U/E/S
                                                                                                6.   311 degrees is also not plausible because its too highseal
7.  
                                                                                                      return would be superheated at this temp? (return flow at VCT
   
                                                                                                      pressure?)
Explanation
                                                                                                7.   Q as written is UNSAT due to the above issues.
Stem  
                                                                                                8.   Potential fix/recommendation: (delete the Given and the
Focus
                                                                                                      bullets)
Cues  
                                                                                            In accordance with SOP-101, REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM, which
T/F  
                                                                                            ONE (1) of the following correctly identifies:
Cred.  
                                                                                            1) The lowest seal water outlet temperature at which a RCP must be
Dist.
                                                                                            stopped.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
76
H
3
E
017 AK2.10, Knowledge, New  
4.  
KA matches somewhat.  
5.  
Memorization. No higher level ability required.  
6.  
Not very discriminating. Memorization of the trip setpoint and a  
basic understanding of reactor physics that any nuclear  
professional should have.  
Friday, October 07, 2011  
5.  
This Q has multiple subset issues. As written D. is a potentially  
correct answer along with C. Second part of A. and B. are not  
plausible because they would allow operators to restart a RCP  
at 100% power (current MODE is MODE 1), and because if the  
second part of A. and B. are true, then the second part of C. and  
D. are also true.  
6.  
311 degrees is also not plausible because its too highseal  
return would be superheated at this temp? (return flow at VCT  
pressure?)  
7.  
Q as written is UNSAT due to the above issues.  
8.  
Potential fix/recommendation: (delete the Given and the  
bullets)  
In accordance with SOP-101, REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM, which  
ONE (1) of the following correctly identifies:  
1) The lowest seal water outlet temperature at which a RCP must be  
stopped.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                               Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                     7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            2) The highest MODE in which a RCP can be restarted after the cause of
Q#
                                                                                            the high temperature is corrected?
1.  
                                                                                            A. 1) 195 F
LOK
                                                                                                2) MODE 3
(F/H)
                                                                                            B. 1) 195 F
2.  
                                                                                                2) MODE 4
LOD
                                                                                            C. 1) 235 F
(1-5)
                                                                                                2) MODE 3
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            D. 1) 235 F
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                        S       2) MODE 4
5. Other  
6.  
U/E/S
7.  
   
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
2) The highest MODE in which a RCP can be restarted after the cause of  
the high temperature is corrected?  
A. 1) 195 F  
      2) MODE 3  
B. 1) 195 F  
      2) MODE 4  
C. 1) 235 F  
      2) MODE 3  
D. 1) 235 F  
       2) MODE 4  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            W/E16G2.4.30, New, Higher,
Q#
                                                                                                1. Depending on the other questions, the reference provided
1.  
                                                                                                    should be the entire EAL matrix. This way the applicant at least
LOK
                                                                                                    has to find the section necessary to answer the question. IF
(F/H)
                                                                                                    ONLY the page that is associated with each question is
2.  
                                                                                                    provided then the question becomes a look up for only that item
LOD
                                                                                                    on that page. Suggest the entire EAL Matrix be provided,
(1-5)
                                                                                                    unless it helps answer other questions on the exam (RO or
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                        U            SRO)
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                2. An event occurred that increased (raised) the readings Not
5. Other  
                                                                                                    sure it is necessary to say significant. Also, reading should be
6.  
                                                                                                    plural, readings. And at the end of the second bullet add the
                                                                                                    word respectively.
U/E/S
                                                                                                3. KA does not match, reporting to agencies internal or external,
7.  
                                                                                                    not done, only classification is done. Not notification. Repair or
   
                                                                                                    replace
Explanation
  77  H    2                                                                X              Wednesday, September 28, 2011
Stem  
                                                                                                1. 1. Replacement question. New Lower,
Focus
                                                                                                2. Distractors C is NOT plausible, the stem of the question does
Cues  
                                                                                                    not provide any substantive information concerning the
T/F  
                                                                                                    information that would require the identification of offsite dose
Cred.  
                                                                                                    projections. While the question analysis states that the INITIAL
Dist.
                                                                                                    notification does not require the offsite dose projection, the
Partial Job-
                                                                                                    question in the stem does not provide any information that
Link
                                                                                        U            would be used to do this. Additionally, the stem states offsite
Minutia  
                                                                                                    radiation is normal.
#/  
                                                                                                3. Distractor D is NOT plausible.
units
                                                                                            This new question still warrants an evaluation of a U.
Back-
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
ward
                                                                                                1. Changed to a 2 by 2 format.
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
77
H
2
X
U
W/E16G2.4.30, New, Higher,
1.  
Depending on the other questions, the reference provided  
should be the entire EAL matrix. This way the applicant at least  
has to find the section necessary to answer the question. IF  
ONLY the page that is associated with each question is  
provided then the question becomes a look up for only that item  
on that page. Suggest the entire EAL Matrix be provided,  
unless it helps answer other questions on the exam (RO or  
SRO)  
2.  
An event occurred that increased (raised) the readings Not  
sure it is necessary to say significant. Also, reading should be  
plural, readings. And at the end of the second bullet add the  
word respectively.  
3.  
KA does not match, reporting to agencies internal or external,  
not done, only classification is done. Not notification. Repair or  
replace  
   
Wednesday, September 28, 2011  
1.  
1. Replacement question. New Lower,  
2.  
Distractors C is NOT plausible, the stem of the question does  
not provide any substantive information concerning the  
information that would require the identification of offsite dose  
projections. While the question analysis states that the INITIAL  
notification does not require the offsite dose projection, the  
question in the stem does not provide any information that  
would be used to do this. Additionally, the stem states offsite  
radiation is normal.  
3.  
Distractor D is NOT plausible.  
This new question still warrants an evaluation of a U.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Changed to a 2 by 2 format.  
U


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                           7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                    Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                  2.     Event prognosis and estimated release duration was used.
Q#
                                                                                                  3.     Stem has a radiation monitor that needs to be changed
1.  
                                                                                                        because there is a 309 that needs to be removed from the rad
LOK
                                                                                                        monitorl RMG-7 needs to be changed. *****
(F/H)
                                                                                                  4.     Fission product matrix is used.
2.  
                                                                                                  5.     PM states remove the 1 hour. Added note to the make sure
LOD
                                                                                                        that the ED JUDGEMENT is NOT used.
(1-5)
                                                                                                  6.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                        U
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            ****** still have to ensure that RMG-7 nomenclature is corrected.
5. Other  
                                                                                            G2.2.25, New, Lower,
6.  
                                                                                                  1.     Distractors with run out are not plausible A and C. This is a
                                                                                                        system knowledge item that is covered by everyone, not just
U/E/S
                                                                                                        SRO knowledge.
7.  
                                                                                                  2.     The 13 gpm value listed in the question in C and D are also not
   
                                                                                                        valid. In that, what or where does this number come up that
Explanation
                                                                                                        would cause the operators to think it is plausible? Additionally,
Stem  
78  F    2                          X                                                U                what did the results of the validation see for this question?
Focus
                                                                                                        Anyone pick anything but the correct answer? Did anyone pick
Cues  
                                                                                                        D? or C? If not these most likely are not valid answers and not
T/F  
                                                                                                        plausible.
Cred.  
                                                                                                  3.     Asked G. Laska concerning the evaluation of the question. He
Dist.
                                                                                                        agrees.
Partial Job-
                                                                                            Thursday, September 29, 2011
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
U
2.  
Event prognosis and estimated release duration was used.
3.  
Stem has a radiation monitor that needs to be changed  
because there is a 309 that needs to be removed from the rad  
monitorl RMG-7 needs to be changed. *****  
4.  
Fission product matrix is used.  
5.  
PM states remove the 1 hour.   Added note to the make sure  
that the ED JUDGEMENT is NOT used.  
6.  
****** still have to ensure that RMG-7 nomenclature is corrected.  
78
F
2
X
U
G2.2.25, New, Lower,
1.  
Distractors with run out are not plausible A and C. This is a  
system knowledge item that is covered by everyone, not just  
SRO knowledge.  
2.  
The 13 gpm value listed in the question in C and D are also not  
valid. In that, what or where does this number come up that  
would cause the operators to think it is plausible? Additionally,  
what did the results of the validation see for this question?
Anyone pick anything but the correct answer? Did anyone pick  
D? or C?   If not these most likely are not valid answers and not  
plausible.  
3.  
Asked G. Laska concerning the evaluation of the question. He  
agrees.  
Thursday, September 29, 2011  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                1.   Question was UNCHANGED. The above evaluation still is
Q#
                                                                                                      valid.
1.  
                                                                                            Question is still a U.
LOK
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
(F/H)
                                                                                                      1.     The new question still has subset issues. B and D can be
2.  
                                                                                                            also correct. Subset issues. Changes to this are
LOD
                                                                                        S                    necessary so it is bounded.
(1-5)
                                                                                                      2.     Change maximum of 33 and a maximum of 39. This was
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                            changed during this meeting.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      3.     JL asks what part is the SRO?
5. Other  
                                                                                                      4.     Had to change to maximum of vice less than. This
6.  
                                                                                                            included a less than 13 which would also be 33 gpm.
                                                                                                      5.     Also changed distracters to add during the design basis
U/E/S
                                                                                                            LOCA.
7.  
                                                                                                      6.     Changed pump to RCP.
   
                                                                                            Question is satisfactory.
Explanation
                                                                                            000062AA2.03, New, Higher,
Stem  
                                                                                                1.   In the stem of the question, the A EDG is listed this way and A
Focus
                                                                                                      EDG. With or without quotes. Pick a standard for all questions
Cues  
                                                                                                      and do it the same.
T/F  
79  H    2                                                                      X    U      2.   This information while in the basis of TSs, is not SRO ONLY
Cred.  
                                                                                                      knowledge.
Dist.
                                                                                                3.   Question needs to be re-written to be at SRO level.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                4.   Verified with G. Laska to ensure it was NOT SRO ONLY, he
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
1.  
Question was UNCHANGED. The above evaluation still is  
valid.
Question is still a U.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
The new question still has subset issues. B and D can be  
also correct. Subset issues. Changes to this are  
necessary so it is bounded.  
2.  
Change maximum of 33 and a maximum of 39. This was  
changed during this meeting.  
3.  
JL asks what part is the SRO?  
4.  
Had to change to maximum of vice less than.   This  
included a less than 13 which would also be 33 gpm.  
5.  
Also changed distracters to add during the design basis  
LOCA.  
6.  
Changed pump to RCP.  
Question is satisfactory.
79
H
2
X
U
000062AA2.03, New, Higher,
1.  
In the stem of the question, the A EDG is listed this way and A  
EDG. With or without quotes. Pick a standard for all questions  
and do it the same.
2.  
This information while in the basis of TSs, is not SRO ONLY  
knowledge.  
3.  
Question needs to be re-written to be at SRO level.  
4.  
Verified with G. Laska to ensure it was NOT SRO ONLY, he  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      agrees.
Q#
                                                                                            Thursday, September 29, 2011
1.  
                                                                                                1.   Replacement question. New Lower.
LOK
                                                                                                2.   Attempting is misspelled in the last bullet in the stem.
(F/H)
                                                                                                3.   Suggest to put a comma after the first line in each distractor,
2.  
                                                                                                      this will separate the answers
LOD
                                                                                                4.   KA appears to match
(1-5)
                                                                                        S        5.   Otherwise, this appears to be OK.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            -How is Q lower cognitive? Should be higher cog based on
5. Other  
                                                                                            evaluation of plant conditions, operability call required, etc.?
6.  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
                                                                                            SATISFACTORY
U/E/S
7.  
   
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
agrees.
Thursday, September 29, 2011  
1.  
Replacement question. New Lower.  
2.  
Attempting is misspelled in the last bullet in the stem.  
3.  
Suggest to put a comma after the first line in each distractor,  
this will separate the answers  
4.  
KA appears to match  
5.  
Otherwise, this appears to be OK.  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------  
-How is Q lower cognitive? Should be higher cog based on  
evaluation of plant conditions, operability call required, etc.?  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
SATISFACTORY  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            00025AA2.04, New, Higher,
Q#
                                                                                                1.   Use of period in bulleted area, one has all rest do not have
1.  
                                                                                                    periods
LOK
                                                                                                2.   Question is NOT SRO ONLY. Systems knowledge can answer
(F/H)
                                                                                                    this without any knowledge of the procedure.
2.  
                                                                                                3.   The procedure is provided so the SRO does not have to identify
LOD
                                                                                                    what procedure to handle this in.
(1-5)
                                                                                                4.   The PZR level is not described sufficiently, uncontrollably, is not
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                    good enough to evaluate.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                        U      5.   The stem TELLS the applicant that there is an indication of a
5. Other  
                                                                                                    LOSS of inventory. Why not use that instead of teaching that.
6.  
                                                                                                    Dont tell the applicant what is going on.
                                                                                                6.   G. Laska reviewed for verification of NOT SRO ONLY, he
U/E/S
                                                                                                    agrees.
7.  
                                                                                                7.   KA appears to match.
   
                                                                                            Thursday, September 29, 2011
Explanation
                                                                                                1.   NEW, LOWER, current question was MODIFIED from 45 day
Stem  
80  H    2-3                                                                                      submittal.
Focus
                                                                                                2.   Question should NOT ask how operators would use, but how
Cues  
                                                                                                    the SRO would direct! This would be a better indication of what
T/F  
                                                                                                    we are asking the applicant to figure out. Discuss this with
Cred.  
                                                                                        U            licensee. This is an enhancement.
Dist.
                                                                                                3.   This question while closer to the requirements of an SRO
Partial Job-
                                                                                                    question is low level.
Link
                                                                                                4.   KA appears to match, not really close but close enough.
Minutia  
                                                                                                5.   The question appears to be more common sense and can be
#/  
                                                                                                    answered with that. The first part is basic knowledge. The
units
                                                                                                    subcooling is decreasing and this will need to be fixed by being
Back-
                                                                                                    in the injection mode.
ward
                                                                                                6.   Why would anyone select distractors C and D with LOCA
Q=  
                                                                                                    OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT? This does not seem plausible.
K/A  
                                                                                                    Discuss with the licensee. WHY would an applicant pick these?
SRO
                                                                                                7.   In the analysis, it is stated that EOP 2.5 will NOT be entered
Only  
                                                                                                    from mode 4. Need to understand this and why it is plausible.
80
                                                                                                8.   Matches KA
H
                                                                                                9.   Still considered a U because of the procedure selected.
2-3
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
U
00025AA2.04, New, Higher,
1.  
Use of period in bulleted area, one has all rest do not have  
periods
2.  
Question is NOT SRO ONLY. Systems knowledge can answer  
this without any knowledge of the procedure.
3.  
The procedure is provided so the SRO does not have to identify  
what procedure to handle this in.  
4.  
The PZR level is not described sufficiently, uncontrollably, is not  
good enough to evaluate.  
5.  
The stem TELLS the applicant that there is an indication of a  
LOSS of inventory. Why not use that instead of teaching that.  
Dont tell the applicant what is going on.  
6.  
G. Laska reviewed for verification of NOT SRO ONLY, he  
agrees.  
7.  
KA appears to match.
Thursday, September 29, 2011  
1.  
NEW, LOWER, current question was MODIFIED from 45 day  
submittal.  
2.  
Question should NOT ask how operators would use, but how  
the SRO would direct! This would be a better indication of what  
we are asking the applicant to figure out. Discuss this with  
licensee. This is an enhancement.  
3.  
This question while closer to the requirements of an SRO  
question is low level.  
4.  
KA appears to match, not really close but close enough.  
5.  
The question appears to be more common sense and can be  
answered with that. The first part is basic knowledge. The  
subcooling is decreasing and this will need to be fixed by being  
in the injection mode.  
6.  
Why would anyone select distractors C and D with LOCA  
OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT? This does not seem plausible.  
Discuss with the licensee. WHY would an applicant pick these?  
7.  
In the analysis, it is stated that EOP 2.5 will NOT be entered  
from mode 4. Need to understand this and why it is plausible.
8.  
Matches KA  
9.  
Still considered a U because of the procedure selected.
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
U


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                    1.   New question
Q#
                                                                                                    2.   Changed wording of initial conditions.
1.  
                                                                                                    3.   Changed PZR level that has level go from 60 to 30 in the
LOK
                                                                                                          time frame and do they enter 112.2, loca during mode 4.
(F/H)
                                                                                                    4.   Leak needs to be greater than the capacity of the CCP.
2.  
                                                                                                          Does the 60 to 30 do this?
LOD
                                                                                                    5.   Changed the time to 0415,
(1-5)
                                                                                        S
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            086A2.01, New, Higher,
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   Question is trivial.
5. Other  
                                                                                                2.   Question can be salvaged by, removing in the stem not reset in
6.  
                                                                                                    the second bullet. It should read the pump has been shutdown
                                                                                        U            and the (whatever the switch is called is ) either OFF. Do not
U/E/S
                                                                                                    say it was reset.
7.  
                                                                                                3.   This question is not SRO ONLY. The only part is the timeframe
   
                                                                                                    for which to return to operability.
Explanation
                                                                                                4.   What is the difference between a roving fire watch or a
Stem  
                                                                                                    continuous fire watch? I believe they are the same.
Focus
                                                                                                5.   Discussed with BC M. Widmann and G. Laska both believe the
Cues  
                                                                                                    question is NOT SRO ONLY.
T/F  
                                                                                            Thursday, September 29, 2011
Cred.  
                                                                                        U      1.   The licensee changed the question as discussed in # 2 above.
Dist.
  81  H    2-3
Partial Job-
                                                                                                    However, the information provided does not appear to be
Link
                                                                                                    correct. How is the switch labeled? Is there an AUTO position
Minutia  
                                                                                                    on the switch? If there is, then the switch was taken from the
#/  
                                                                                                    AUTO to OFF/RESET. Not the ON position. Discuss with
units
                                                                                                    licensee.
Back-
                                                                                                2.   The distractors A and B are not credible. Why would anyone
ward
                                                                                                    that is trained call something OPERABLE and then have a
Q=  
                                                                                                    compensatory measure for it being OPERABLE.
K/A  
                                                                                                3.   Discuss with licensee
SRO
                                                                                      ??
Only  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
                                                                                            New question and will be discussed later,
S
1.  
New question  
2.  
Changed wording of initial conditions.  
3.  
Changed PZR level that has level go from 60 to 30 in the  
time frame and do they enter 112.2, loca during mode 4.  
4.  
Leak needs to be greater than the capacity of the CCP.
Does the 60 to 30 do this?  
5.  
Changed the time to 0415,
81
H
2-3
U
086A2.01, New, Higher,
1.  
Question is trivial.  
2.  
Question can be salvaged by, removing in the stem not reset in  
the second bullet. It should read the pump has been shutdown  
and the (whatever the switch is called is ) either OFF. Do not  
say it was reset.  
3.  
This question is not SRO ONLY. The only part is the timeframe  
for which to return to operability.  
4.  
What is the difference between a roving fire watch or a  
continuous fire watch? I believe they are the same.  
5.  
Discussed with BC M. Widmann and G. Laska both believe the  
question is NOT SRO ONLY.  
Thursday, September 29, 2011
1.  
The licensee changed the question as discussed in # 2 above.   
However, the information provided does not appear to be  
correct. How is the switch labeled? Is there an AUTO position  
on the switch? If there is, then the switch was taken from the  
AUTO to OFF/RESET. Not the ON position. Discuss with  
licensee.  
2.  
The distractors A and B are not credible. Why would anyone  
that is trained call something OPERABLE and then have a  
compensatory measure for it being OPERABLE.  
3.  
Discuss with licensee  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
New question and will be discussed later,
U
??


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                   7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                            Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Also, MM provided a NEW KA
Q#
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
1.  
                                                                                            New ka provided by MM.
LOK
                                                                                            0002A2.04
(F/H)
                                                                                            New question is SAT. See exam for new test item.
2.  
LOD
(1-5)
3. Psychometric Flaws  
4. Job Content Flaws  
5. Other  
6.  
U/E/S
7.  
   
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
Also, MM provided a NEW KA  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
New ka provided by MM.  
0002A2.04  
New question is SAT. See exam for new test item.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                    Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            000007EG2.4.34, New, Higher,
Q#
                                                                                                  1.   Need to add the noun name of procedure AOP-600.01,
1.  
                                                                                                  2.   NOT SRO ONLY, this question requires an operator to
LOK
                                                                                                      determine if when transferring control of a pump to the Control
(F/H)
                                                                                                      Room Evacuation Panel (CREP) is Operable or Inoperable.
2.  
                                                                                                      This knowledge is not just the SROs in this case. The RO is
LOD
                                                                                                      taught this and should know this for control of the pump as well
(1-5)
                                                                                                      as if it was not swapped to the local area for control.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                  3.   The second part of the question concerns itself with the
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      requirement of starting room coolers when starting equipment.
5. Other  
                                                                                                      This is a system requirement and the RO is taught this also to
6.  
                                                                                                      prevent failure of the equipment.
                                                                                                  4.   KA does NOT match. The KA was supposed to be written
U/E/S
                                                                                                      during a situation of Reactor-Trip Stabilization and Recovery,
7.  
                                                                                                      performed OUTSIDE the MCR during an emergency and the
   
                                                                                                      resultant operational effects. While this is OUTSIDE the control
Explanation
                                                                                                      room it is not during a reactor trip.
Stem  
                                                                                            Thursday, September 29, 2011
Focus
                                                                                                  1.   This question was inserted into the examination at this point.
Cues  
                                                                                                      000007EG2.4.34, New, Higher, is the new question 7 or SRO
T/F  
                                                                                                      82 this questions was the # 9 in the first submittal.
Cred.  
82  H    3                                                                          U        2. AOP 600.1 at step 6 states
Dist.
                                                                                            6 Attempt to start the Diesel Generator by depressing the ENGINE SHUT
Partial Job-
                                                                                            DOWN RESET Pushbutton
Link
                                                                                                      Is this the step the analysis is talking about? Will this work in
Minutia  
                                                                                                      this case? Ask licensee to explain how this works.
#/  
                                                                                            Stem of the question should ask what procedure to use and then what
units
                                                                                            action the procedure should direct. For example, the answer should now
Back-
                                                                                            read: AOP 600.1, Control Room Evacuation, start the B EDG. Now the
ward
                                                                                            stem does not identify the procedure is being asked. It starts with the
Q=  
                                                                                            action then a procedure. Also, it does not identify where the operator is
K/A  
                                                                                            going to operate MVT-8104. Discuss with licensee. Enhancements-------
SRO
                                                                                            ------------------------------------------------------Additional comments
Only  
                                                                                            on 007EG2.4.34 as submitted in 2011 NRC SRO Test 2nd
82
                                                                                            Submittal
H
                                                                                            -need to ensure operators are in correct procedurecould A be
3
                                                                                            correct? Or, once B EDG is started as per choice D, based on the
                                                                                            note before steps 12-19 of AOP-600.1 would A not also be correct?
                                                                                            -stem should probably state reason why control room was
                                                                                            evacuated, otherwise FEP-4.0 could be the right procedure.
                                                                                            -not sure about operational validityfrom AOP-600.1 step 12.d.
                                                                                            Alernative Action, wouldnt operator emergency borate with AOP-
U
000007EG2.4.34, New, Higher,
1.  
Need to add the noun name of procedure AOP-600.01,
2.  
NOT SRO ONLY, this question requires an operator to  
determine if when transferring control of a pump to the Control  
Room Evacuation Panel (CREP) is Operable or Inoperable.
This knowledge is not just the SROs in this case. The RO is  
taught this and should know this for control of the pump as well  
as if it was not swapped to the local area for control.  
3.  
The second part of the question concerns itself with the  
requirement of starting room coolers when starting equipment.
This is a system requirement and the RO is taught this also to  
prevent failure of the equipment.  
4.  
KA does NOT match. The KA was supposed to be written  
during a situation of Reactor-Trip Stabilization and Recovery,  
performed OUTSIDE the MCR during an emergency and the  
resultant operational effects. While this is OUTSIDE the control  
room it is not during a reactor trip.  
Thursday, September 29, 2011  
1.  
This question was inserted into the examination at this point.
000007EG2.4.34, New, Higher, is the new question 7 or SRO  
82 this questions was the # 9 in the first submittal.  
2.  
AOP 600.1 at step 6 states
6 Attempt to start the Diesel Generator by depressing the ENGINE SHUT  
DOWN RESET Pushbutton
Is this the step the analysis is talking about? Will this work in  
this case? Ask licensee to explain how this works.
Stem of the question should ask what procedure to use and then what  
action the procedure should direct. For example, the answer should now  
read: AOP 600.1, Control Room Evacuation, start the B EDG. Now the  
stem does not identify the procedure is being asked. It starts with the  
action then a procedure. Also, it does not identify where the operator is  
going to operate MVT-8104. Discuss with licensee. Enhancements-------
------------------------------------------------------Additional comments  
on 007EG2.4.34 as submitted in 2011 NRC SRO Test 2nd  
Submittal  
-need to ensure operators are in correct procedurecould A be  
correct? Or, once B EDG is started as per choice D, based on the  
note before steps 12-19 of AOP-600.1 would A not also be correct?  
-stem should probably state reason why control room was  
evacuated, otherwise FEP-4.0 could be the right procedure.  
-not sure about operational validityfrom AOP-600.1 step 12.d.  
Alernative Action, wouldnt operator emergency borate with AOP-


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.           7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S      Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                        U
Q#
                                                                                        S
1.  
LOK
(F/H)
2.  
LOD
(1-5)
3. Psychometric Flaws  
4. Job Content Flaws  
5. Other  
6.  
U/E/S
7.  
   
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
U  
S  


                                                                          VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                               Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
          1.       2.         3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws       5. Other     6.                                           7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#    LOK      LOD
Form ES-401-9  
        (F/H)    (1-5)  Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-       Q= SRO      U/E/S                                    Explanation
                        Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward    K/A Only
                                                                                                            063A2.02, New, Higher,
Q#
                                                                                                                  1.   KA does NOT match. The second part of the KA was not
1.  
                                                                                                                      tested. It is required to test the (b) part of the KA when there is
LOK
                                                                                                                      a two part KA. The (b) part required the question be written to
(F/H)
                                                                                                                      use procedures to correct, control or mitigate. This question
2.  
83                                                                                                                    does not do this. This question only identifies the generation of
LOD
          H      2-3                                                                    X            U                Hydrogen or Sulphuric acid vapors. Has nothing to do with
(1-5)
OLD
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                                      procedure that will correct etc. .This makes this question unsat.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                                      Thursday, October 13, 2011
5. Other  
                                                                                                                                  1.   SAT
6.  
At this point, the licensee submitted the Second submittal. This second submittal the numbers and KAs for each question was changed. Not sure why. As licensee why this was done.
Starting with question 82 the KAs were swapped.
U/E/S
                                                                                                            063A2.02
7.  
                                                                                                            Thursday, September 29, 2011
   
                                                                                                                  1.   KA 063A2.02, was number 10 in submittal # 1, (S1) now it is
Explanation
                                                                                                                      question number 8 in Submittal # 2 (S2)
Stem  
                                                                                                                  2.   S1 it was higher new and now it is lower new.
Focus
                                                                                                                  3.   In stem put quotes around XVA1A and commas as appropriate.
Cues  
                                                                                                                      i.e. A charge of A Battery, XBA1A, is in progress. This will
T/F  
                                                                                                                      make this read better.
Cred.  
83                                                                                                              4.   KA appears to match
Dist.
          H        2                                                                                  S          5.   The stem is a little confusing concerning the lifting of the lead
Partial Job-
NEW
Link
                                                                                                                      and then the requirement to continue or recommence the
Minutia  
                                                                                                                      charge. Has the charge ever been stopped because of the fans
#/  
                                                                                                                      being found off? Ask licensee if this is important or not.
units
                                                                                                                  6.   Otherwise appears to be ok.
Back-
                                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
ward
                                                                                                                                  1.   Changed 14 days to 96 hours. 96 hours,
Q=  
                                                                                                                                        nuisance annunciators, can open a link from 48
K/A  
                                                                                                                                        to extend the open to 96 hours. What was
SRO
                                                                                                                                        wrong with 14 days. Operations does nothing in
Only  
                                                                                                                                        14 days.
83
OLD
H
2-3
X
U
063A2.02, New, Higher,
1.  
KA does NOT match. The second part of the KA was not  
tested. It is required to test the (b) part of the KA when there is  
a two part KA. The (b) part required the question be written to  
use procedures to correct, control or mitigate. This question  
does not do this. This question only identifies the generation of  
Hydrogen or Sulphuric acid vapors. Has nothing to do with  
procedure that will correct etc. .This makes this question unsat.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
SAT  
At this point, the licensee submitted the Second submittal. This second submittal the numbers and KAs for each question was changed.   Not sure why. As licensee why this was done.
Starting with question 82 the KAs were swapped.  
83
NEW
H
2
S
063A2.02  
Thursday, September 29, 2011  
1.  
KA 063A2.02, was number 10 in submittal # 1, (S1) now it is  
question number 8 in Submittal # 2 (S2)  
2.  
S1 it was higher new and now it is lower new.  
3.  
In stem put quotes around XVA1A and commas as appropriate.
i.e. A charge of A Battery, XBA1A, is in progress. This will  
make this read better.  
4.  
KA appears to match  
5.  
The stem is a little confusing concerning the lifting of the lead  
and then the requirement to continue or recommence the  
charge. Has the charge ever been stopped because of the fans  
being found off? Ask licensee if this is important or not.
6.  
Otherwise appears to be ok.
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Changed 14 days to 96 hours. 96 hours,  
nuisance annunciators, can open a link from 48  
to extend the open to 96 hours. What was  
wrong with 14 days. Operations does nothing in  
14 days.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                                2.   Changed back to 14 days.
Q#
                                                                                            SAT QUESTION.
1.  
                                                                                            012A2.01, New, Higher, Summer
LOK
                                                                                            Thursday, September 29, 2011
(F/H)
                                                                                            Question was changed from S1
2.  
                                                                                        E      1.   Distractor D identifies just to SHUT down the reactor, however,
LOD
                                                                                                    A and B identify to be in HOT STANBY, this keys the applicant
(1-5)
                                                                                                    that D is not totally correct, in that, the MODE is NOT listed. I
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                    believe that this makes this distractor not plausible.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                2.   For distractor A and B, is this plant terminology, Initiate
5. Other  
                                                                                                    Measures . Prepare for plant shutdown by XXXX to Hot
6.  
                                                                                                    Standby by XXX.
                                                                                                3.   When the stem states asks for the MINIMUM action, does that
U/E/S
                                                                                                    mean the shortest action? Discuss with the licensee.
7.  
84   H    3                          X
   
                                                                                                4.   KA appears to match, this is a TS question, need to make sure
Explanation
                                                                                                    that we do not have too many for the A2 KAs.
Stem  
                                                                                                5.   The distractors could be made such that the first two have the
Focus
                                                                                                    BS trip times added to the end of the statements and then have
Cues  
                                                                                                    the opposite where the BS are tripped as in Distractor D and
T/F  
                                                                                                    then have the reactor down power done to hot standby. This
Cred.  
                                                                                        S            would alleviate the unsymmetrical distractor part of C. Discuss
Dist.
                                                                                                    with licensee.
Partial Job-
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Link
                                                                                                    1.   NEW FORMAT and 2 x 2 question.
Minutia  
                                                                                                    2.   SAT
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
2.  
Changed back to 14 days.  
SAT QUESTION.  
84
H
3
X
E
012A2.01, New, Higher, Summer  
Thursday, September 29, 2011  
Question was changed from S1  
1.  
Distractor D identifies just to SHUT down the reactor, however,  
A and B identify to be in HOT STANBY, this keys the applicant  
that D is not totally correct, in that, the MODE is NOT listed. I  
believe that this makes this distractor not plausible.  
2.  
For distractor A and B, is this plant terminology, Initiate  
Measures . Prepare for plant shutdown by XXXX to Hot  
Standby by XXX.  
3.  
When the stem states asks for the MINIMUM action, does that  
mean the shortest action? Discuss with the licensee.   
4.  
KA appears to match, this is a TS question, need to make sure  
that we do not have too many for the A2 KAs.  
5.  
The distractors could be made such that the first two have the  
BS trip times added to the end of the statements and then have  
the opposite where the BS are tripped as in Distractor D and  
then have the reactor down power done to hot standby. This  
would alleviate the unsymmetrical distractor part of C. Discuss  
with licensee.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
NEW FORMAT and 2 x 2 question.
2.  
SAT  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Thursday, September 29, 2011
Q#
                                                                                            039G2.4.11, New, Higher,
1.  
                                                                                                1.   Question was NOT changed from S1 to S2.
LOK
                                                                                                2.   Question concerns itself with TS evaluation. We need to be
(F/H)
                                                                                                      careful with the use of TS questions. There were a lot before
2.  
                                                                                        U              and we may exceed or emphasis on TSs.
LOD
                                                                                                3.   This question, needs a reference because it is greater than an
(1-5)
                                                                                                      hour. If the reference is presented, then the question as is
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      written this would make it a direct look up. This makes the
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      questions unacceptable.
5. Other  
                                                                                                4.   Main and reheat steam, could have used ARPs and maybe with
6.  
                                                                                                      a PORV that had failed open, maybe there could have been a
                                                                                                      reportability call to make, i.e. an SRO ONLY type question.
U/E/S
                                                                                                      How long, who to call.
7.  
85  H    3                          X                                                        5.   As the question is not Sat because of the call of TS greater than
   
                                                                                                      1 hour, information not required to be memorized by operators.
Explanation
                                                                                                6.   Also in the stem could shorten action or actions by using
Stem  
                                                                                                      action(s).
Focus
                                                                                            IF the licensee validates that this knowledge is REQUIRED for the SRO,
Cues  
                                                                                            then this question could be Satisfactory. Discuss with licensee.
T/F  
                                                                                        S
Cred.  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Dist.
                                                                                                      1.   NEW question, suggested by MM.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      2.   New question will require TS 3.7.1.2, 78 hours, 3 days plus
Link
                                                                                                            6.
Minutia  
                                                                                                      3.   REFERENCE will be provided.
#/  
                                                                                            SAT
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
85
H
3
X
U
Thursday, September 29, 2011  
039G2.4.11, New, Higher,
1.  
Question was NOT changed from S1 to S2.  
2.  
Question concerns itself with TS evaluation. We need to be  
careful with the use of TS questions. There were a lot before  
and we may exceed or emphasis on TSs.
3.  
This question, needs a reference because it is greater than an  
hour. If the reference is presented, then the question as is  
written this would make it a direct look up. This makes the  
questions unacceptable.  
4.  
Main and reheat steam, could have used ARPs and maybe with  
a PORV that had failed open, maybe there could have been a  
reportability call to make, i.e. an SRO ONLY type question.
How long, who to call.  
5.  
As the question is not Sat because of the call of TS greater than  
1 hour, information not required to be memorized by operators.  
6.  
Also in the stem could shorten action or actions by using  
action(s).  
IF the licensee validates that this knowledge is REQUIRED for the SRO,  
then this question could be Satisfactory.   Discuss with licensee.
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
NEW question, suggested by MM.  
2.  
New question will require TS 3.7.1.2, 78 hours, 3 days plus  
6.  
3.  
REFERENCE will be provided.
SAT  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                         Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                    Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            00027AA2.01, New, Higher,
Q#
                                                                                            Thursday, September 29, 2011
1.  
                                                                                                  1.   Question was re-written from S1 to S2. Minor changes to make
LOK
                                                                                                      consistent with other questions.
(F/H)
                                                                                                  2.   Analysis of the answer A states procedure step 10 a. however
2.  
                                                                                                      in EOP 1-2, this step is not the requirement for subcooling
LOD
                                                                                                      margin being greater than 52.2 F. This is in the foldout page but
(1-5)
                                                                                                      not in step 10a. Have licensee identify where this comes from.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                  3.   Do not understand What the stem is asking, PZR level greater
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                      than the SI termination criterion is expected for this event and
5. Other  
                                                                                                      whether other conditions are met to transfer to EOP 1.2. have
6.  
86  H    2                                                                          U              the licensee explain what this is asking.
                                                                                                  4.   KA appears to match question
U/E/S
                                                                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------------
7.  
                                                                                            Additional comments on 027AA2.01 as submitted in 2011 NRC
   
                                                                                            SRO Test 2nd Submittal
Explanation
                                                                                            -not sure about SRO-only match on procedure selection, operators
Stem  
                                                                                            are not selecting a procedure but only staying in current
Focus
                                                                                            procedure. Would it be better to ask expected procedural flowpath
Cues  
                                                                                            (i.e. E-1 to ES-1.2, then ES-1.3) or give four-choices of procedures
T/F  
                                                                                            with some additional info in stem? E.g. choose between staying in
Cred.  
                                                                                            E-1, going to ES-1.2, going to ES-1.1, or going to ES-1.3 (WOG
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
86
H
2
U
00027AA2.01, New, Higher,
Thursday, September 29, 2011
1.  
Question was re-written from S1 to S2. Minor changes to make  
consistent with other questions.
2.  
Analysis of the answer A states procedure step 10 a. however  
in EOP 1-2, this step is not the requirement for subcooling  
margin being greater than 52.2 F. This is in the foldout page but  
not in step 10a. Have licensee identify where this comes from.  
3.  
Do not understand What the stem is asking, PZR level greater  
than the SI termination criterion is expected for this event and  
whether other conditions are met to transfer to EOP 1.2. have  
the licensee explain what this is asking.  
4.  
KA appears to match question  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------  
Additional comments on 027AA2.01 as submitted in 2011 NRC  
SRO Test 2nd Submittal  
-not sure about SRO-only match on procedure selection, operators  
are not selecting a procedure but only staying in current  
procedure. Would it be better to ask expected procedural flowpath  
(i.e. E-1 to ES-1.2, then ES-1.3) or give four-choices of procedures  
with some additional info in stem? E.g. choose between staying in  
E-1, going to ES-1.2, going to ES-1.1, or going to ES-1.3 (WOG  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                     7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            designators). Otherwise Q is potential RO-level knowledge of SI
Q#
                                                                                            Termination criteria (e.g. subcooling value is foldout page item).
1.  
                                                                                            -careful about teaching in answer choicessubcooling is too low
LOK
                                                                                            should be subcooling not met, etc.
(F/H)
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
2.  
                                                                                                1.   Replaced.
LOD
                                                                                                2.   Replacement ok.
(1-5)
                                                                                        S
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            SAT
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            000056EA2.06, New, Higher,
5. Other  
                                                                                            Thursday, September 29, 2011
6.  
                                                                                        S        1.   This question is the new number 12, but corresponds to the old
                                                                                                      # 15.
U/E/S
                                                                                                2.   Question was made into a two part question/answer.
7.  
87  H    3                                                                                    3.   Question appears to be ok.
   
                                                                                                4.   KA appears to match
Explanation
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Stem  
                                                                                                1.   Changed the graphic from 5% to 2%. Changed this because as
Focus
                                                                                        S            soon as the SI pump is started it would or could be secured.
Cues  
                                                                                            SAT.
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
designators). Otherwise Q is potential RO-level knowledge of SI  
Termination criteria (e.g. subcooling value is foldout page item).  
-careful about teaching in answer choicessubcooling is too low  
should be subcooling not met, etc.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Replaced.  
2.  
Replacement ok.  
SAT  
87
H
3
S
000056EA2.06, New, Higher,
Thursday, September 29, 2011  
1.  
This question is the new number 12, but corresponds to the old  
# 15.  
2.  
Question was made into a two part question/answer.  
3.  
Question appears to be ok.  
4.  
KA appears to match  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Changed the graphic from 5% to 2%. Changed this because as  
soon as the SI pump is started it would or could be secured.
SAT.  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            076A2.01, New Higher
Q#
                                                                                            Monday, October 03, 2011
1.  
                                                                                                1. In the stem of the question, the Loop is identified with
LOK
                                                                                        E            parenthesis. However, the last bullet the A train, should be the
(F/H)
                                                                                                    same A train. Also there is one extra space in the last bullet
2.  
                                                                                                    between Pump and is.
LOD
                                                                                                2. SW is not defined until the first question.
(1-5)
                                                                                                3. In the second question in the stem there is a missing period.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                4. The First question, should not be an AN, it should be an A.
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                    Would recommend that this be re written to something like:
5. Other  
                                                                                                                  Due to the A Service Water pump failure this
6.  
                                                                                                                  caused the ..
88  H    3                                                                                    5.   What is the status of the C Service Water pump at this time?
U/E/S
                                                                                                    Per the figure provided for the start logic (Figure IB1.6),
7.  
                                                                                                    shouldnt the C service water pump auto-start on low header
   
                                                                                                    pressure? If the pump is running, the answer choices may be
Explanation
                                                                                                    different.
Stem  
                                                                                                6. As currently written, first part of distracters C. and D. are weak.
Focus
                                                                                        S            Recommend changing first part of C. and D. to The A Motor-
Cues  
                                                                                                    Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is OPERABLE.
T/F  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Cred.  
                                                                                                1. Rewrote question in 2X 2
Dist.
                                                                                                2. Appears to do all the above,
Partial Job-
                                                                                            SAT.
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
88
H
3
E
076A2.01, New Higher  
Monday, October 03, 2011  
1.  
In the stem of the question, the Loop is identified with  
parenthesis. However, the last bullet the A train, should be the  
same A train. Also there is one extra space in the last bullet  
between Pump and is.  
2.  
SW is not defined until the first question.  
3.  
In the second question in the stem there is a missing period.  
4.  
The First question, should not be an AN, it should be an A.
Would recommend that this be re written to something like:  
Due to the A Service Water pump failure this  
caused the ..  
5.  
What is the status of the C Service Water pump at this time?
Per the figure provided for the start logic (Figure IB1.6),  
shouldnt the C service water pump auto-start on low header  
pressure? If the pump is running, the answer choices may be  
different.  
6.  
As currently written, first part of distracters C. and D. are weak.
Recommend changing first part of C. and D. to The A Motor-
Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is OPERABLE.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Rewrote question in 2X 2  
2.  
Appears to do all the above,
SAT.  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            K/A 103G2.4.18
Q#
                                                                                            NEW HIGHER
1.  
                                                                                            Monday, October 03, 2011
LOK
                                                                                                1. Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.
(F/H)
                                                                                                2. Q statement needs to specifically reference the EOP; for
2.  
                                                                                        U            example, Which ONE (1) of the choices below is correct in
LOD
                                                                                                    accordance with EOP-2.4?
(1-5)
                                                                                                3. Second part of distracters C. and D. is not plausible. RWST
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                    would have to gravity drain through the RB spray header rings
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                    against a 40 psig differential pressure.
5. Other  
89  H    3                          X                                                        4. Need to lower RWST level to make securing a RB Spray pump
6.  
                                                                                                    more plausible30% level is above the 18% setpoint to go to
                                                                                                    cold leg recirculation.
U/E/S
                                                                                                5. Question is U due to more than one non-plausible distractor.
7.  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
   
                                                                                                1. Wants to keep rwst level at 30%,
Explanation
                                                                                        S        2. Changes the pressure of containment to 32 psig rather than 40
Stem  
                                                                                                    psig.
Focus
                                                                                                3. SAT with changes to C and D, see question for change.
Cues  
                                                                                            K/A 011G2.4.21
T/F  
                                                                                            NEW HIGHER
Cred.  
  90  H    3                                      X                                  E  Monday, October 03, 2011
Dist.
                                                                                                1. Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.
Partial Job-
                                                                                                2. Operational validity/stem content: how would any SRO be
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
89
H
3
X
U
K/A 103G2.4.18  
NEW HIGHER  
Monday, October 03, 2011  
1.  
Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.  
2.  
Q statement needs to specifically reference the EOP; for  
example, Which ONE (1) of the choices below is correct in  
accordance with EOP-2.4?  
3.  
Second part of distracters C. and D. is not plausible. RWST  
would have to gravity drain through the RB spray header rings  
against a 40 psig differential pressure.  
4.  
Need to lower RWST level to make securing a RB Spray pump  
more plausible30% level is above the 18% setpoint to go to  
cold leg recirculation.  
5.  
Question is U due to more than one non-plausible distractor.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Wants to keep rwst level at 30%,
2.  
Changes the pressure of containment to 32 psig rather than 40  
psig.  
3.  
SAT with changes to C and D, see question for change.
S
90
H
3
X
E
K/A 011G2.4.21  
NEW HIGHER  
   
Monday, October 03, 2011  
1.  
Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.  
2.  
Operational validity/stem content: how would any SRO be  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                       Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      entering a YELLOW path procedure 15 minutes after a
Q#
                                                                                                      LBLOCA? Must increase the time frame to be operationally
1.  
                                                                                                      valid. Did increase comment.
LOK
                                                                                                3.   Stem needs to provide all criteria for critical safety path
(F/H)
                                                                                                      evaluationfor example, needs to include intermediate range
2.  
                                                                                                      power and startup rate values, containment pressure values,
LOD
                                                                                        S            and RHR sump level values.
(1-5)
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   SAT
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            SAT
5. Other  
                                                                                            G 2.2.38, Bank, Higher.
6.  
                                                                                                1.   Question appears to be within the SRO knowledge
                                                                                                      requirements.
U/E/S
                                                                                                2.   KA appears to match.
7.  
                                                                                                3.   Question is kind of easy, not trivial but it does not require much
   
                                                                                                      cognitive skills to answer.
Explanation
                                                                                                4.   Why is the answer 92 days, is that the time frame you use for a
Stem  
91  H    3                                                                          E            Quarter?.
Focus
                                                                                                5.   The description for the analysis for distractor A is incorrect. TS
Cues  
                                                                                                      4.0.3, allows up to 24 hours, so why is that not the reason for A
T/F  
                                                                                                      rather than the applicants miss-reading quarterly as Shiftly?
Cred.  
                                                                                                      That does not make sense.
Dist.
                                                                                            K/A G2.2.38
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
entering a YELLOW path procedure 15 minutes after a  
LBLOCA? Must increase the time frame to be operationally  
valid. Did increase comment.  
3.  
Stem needs to provide all criteria for critical safety path  
evaluationfor example, needs to include intermediate range  
power and startup rate values, containment pressure values,  
and RHR sump level values.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
SAT  
SAT  
91
H
3
E
G 2.2.38, Bank, Higher.
1.  
Question appears to be within the SRO knowledge  
requirements.
2.  
KA appears to match.  
3.  
Question is kind of easy, not trivial but it does not require much  
cognitive skills to answer.
4.  
Why is the answer 92 days, is that the time frame you use for a  
Quarter?.  
5.  
The description for the analysis for distractor A is incorrect. TS  
4.0.3, allows up to 24 hours, so why is that not the reason for A  
rather than the applicants miss-reading quarterly as Shiftly?
That does not make sense.
K/A G2.2.38  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            NEW HIGHER
Q#
                                                                                            Monday, October 03, 2011
1.  
                                                                                                1.   Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.
LOK
                                                                                                2.   Fourth bullet needs to explicitly match the language in the TS
(F/H)
                                                                                                      4.0.3 for completing a risk assessment. For example, A Risk
2.  
                                                                                                      Evaluation has been performed for the surveillance, and has
LOD
                                                                                                      concluded that the risk associated with the delay of the
(1-5)
                                                                                                      surveillance is minimal.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                3.   For the distracters, need to specify time limit from the time of
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                        S            discovery; for example:
5. Other  
                                                                                                      A.     Within the next 24 hours from time of discovery
6.  
                                                                                                      B. Within the next 23 days from time of discovery
                                                                                                      C. Within the next 92 days from time of discovery
U/E/S
                                                                                                      D. Within the next 115 days from time of discovery
7.  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
   
                                                                                                1.   Question was replaced. See exam for question.
Explanation
                                                                                                2.   Presented question with word shiftly, GL states not terminology
Stem  
                                                                                                3.   Question is SAT.
Focus
                                                                                            072A2.03, New, Knowledge.
Cues  
                                                                                                1.   When a KA has a two part K or A if the question cannot be
T/F  
                                                                                                      written to the part (a) and (b) then the goal is to write the
Cred.  
                                                                                                      question using the SRO portion of the K or A, meaning the (b)
Dist.
                                                                                                      part of the KA. This question does not meet the (a) part, it does
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      not predict the impact. There is no justification why the (a) was
Link
92  F    3                                                                X          U            not written in this question.
Minutia  
                                                                                                2.   Procedures to correct. Part (b), this is a 30 day action, the
#/  
                                                                                                      questions indicates INITIAL action required if the power supply
units
                                                                                                      fails. There is no INITIAL action in any of the distractors.
Back-
                                                                                                3.   The RM used in distractors C and D, RM-A4, would, if in
ward
                                                                                                      service, alarm for ANY leak.
Q=  
                                                                                                4.   As written, this question is unsat
K/A  
                                                                                                5.   Is the SRO required to know 14 day and 30 day TSs from
SRO
Only  
S
NEW HIGHER  
Monday, October 03, 2011  
1.  
Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.  
2.  
Fourth bullet needs to explicitly match the language in the TS  
4.0.3 for completing a risk assessment. For example, A Risk  
Evaluation has been performed for the surveillance, and has  
concluded that the risk associated with the delay of the  
surveillance is minimal.  
3.  
For the distracters, need to specify time limit from the time of  
discovery; for example:  
A.  
Within the next 24 hours from time of discovery  
B.  
Within the next 23 days from time of discovery  
C.  
Within the next 92 days from time of discovery  
D.  
Within the next 115 days from time of discovery  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
Question was replaced. See exam for question.  
2.  
Presented question with word shiftly, GL states not terminology  
3.  
Question is SAT.  
92
F
3
X
U
072A2.03, New, Knowledge.
1.  
When a KA has a two part K or A if the question cannot be  
written to the part (a) and (b) then the goal is to write the  
question using the SRO portion of the K or A, meaning the (b)  
part of the KA. This question does not meet the (a) part, it does  
not predict the impact. There is no justification why the (a) was  
not written in this question.  
2.  
Procedures to correct. Part (b), this is a 30 day action, the  
questions indicates INITIAL action required if the power supply  
fails. There is no INITIAL action in any of the distractors.
3.  
The RM used in distractors C and D, RM-A4, would, if in  
service, alarm for ANY leak.  
4.  
As written, this question is unsat  
5.  
Is the SRO required to know 14 day and 30 day TSs from  


                                                                            VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                                 Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
        1.   2.         3. Psychometric Flaws                 4. Job Content Flaws         5. Other       6.                                             7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#    LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
      (F/H) (1-5)  Stem Cues     T/F     Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-             Q= SRO        U/E/S                                      Explanation
                  Focus                  Dist.            Link            units ward    K/A Only
                                                                                                                              memory? Ask licensee, this seems unreasonable
Q#
                                                                                                                  K/A 072A2.03
1.  
                                                                                                                  LOWER
LOK
                                                                                                                  Monday, October 03, 2011
(F/H)
                                                                                                                        1.   Q is essentially unchanged from initial submittal.
2.  
                                                                                                                        2.   Distractor A is potentially another correct answer.
LOD
                                                                                                            S          3.   Q is still U
(1-5)
                                                                                                                        4.   Making the applicants recognize instruments that may or may
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                                              not be in TS. Is this something you expect? Items are 7 days,
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                                              72 hours?? Ask licensee.
5. Other  
                                                                                                                  Friday, October 14, 2011
6.  
                                                                                                                        1.   New KA provided by MM. 034K3.02
                                                                                                                        2.   See new question, modified slightly from what was provided.
U/E/S
Generic Comment: in two-part questions, it is better to indent the (1) and the (2) parts of the question statement (offset from the Which ONE of the following) for readability.
7.  
   
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
memory? Ask licensee, this seems unreasonable  
K/A 072A2.03  
LOWER  
Monday, October 03, 2011  
1.  
Q is essentially unchanged from initial submittal.  
2.  
Distractor A is potentially another correct answer.  
3.  
Q is still U  
4.  
Making the applicants recognize instruments that may or may  
not be in TS. Is this something you expect? Items are 7 days,  
72 hours?? Ask licensee.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
New KA provided by MM. 034K3.02  
2.  
See new question, modified slightly from what was provided.
Generic Comment: in two-part questions, it is better to indent the (1) and the (2) parts of the question statement (offset from the Which ONE of the following) for readability.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            K/A 028G2.1.27
Q#
                                                                                            Monday, October 03, 2011
1.  
                                                                                                  1. Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.
LOK
                                                                                                  2. Last bullet for temperatures needs degrees Fahrenheit (F) after
(F/H)
                                                                                                  the degree symbol.
2.  
                                                                                                  3. Recommend modification to question statement as follows:
LOD
                                                                                                  Based on the initial conditions, which ONE (1) of the following is
(1-5)
                                                                                        U
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                  correct in accordance with EOP-14.0? did
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                  (1) How many hydrogen recombiners will be started?
5. Other  
                                                                                                  (2) What is the next procedure transition?
6.  
                                                                                                  4. When would operators ever start both Hydrogen Recombiners
                                                                                                  at the same time? First part of distracters C. and D. are not
U/E/S
93  F    2                                                                                    plausible.
7.  
                                                                                                  5. Recommend potential fix for first part C. and D. to say No
   
                                                                                                  recombiner will be started.
Explanation
                                                                                                  6. Correct spelling error for Guideline in all choices.
Stem  
                                                                                                  7. Q is U due to two non-plausible distracters.
Focus
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Cues  
                                                                                        S        1.   Changed as suggested.
T/F  
                                                                                                2.   SAT
Cred.  
                                                                                            Satisfactory
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
93
F
2
U
K/A 028G2.1.27  
Monday, October 03, 2011  
1. Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.  
2. Last bullet for temperatures needs degrees Fahrenheit (F) after  
the degree symbol.  
3. Recommend modification to question statement as follows:  
Based on the initial conditions, which ONE (1) of the following is  
correct in accordance with EOP-14.0? did  
(1) How many hydrogen recombiners will be started?  
(2) What is the next procedure transition?  
4. When would operators ever start both Hydrogen Recombiners  
at the same time? First part of distracters C. and D. are not  
plausible.  
5. Recommend potential fix for first part C. and D. to say No  
recombiner will be started.  
6. Correct spelling error for Guideline in all choices.  
7. Q is U due to two non-plausible distracters.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
Changed as suggested.  
2.  
SAT  
Satisfactory  
S


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            K/A WE13EA2.2
Q#
                                                                                            Monday, October 03, 2011
1.  
                                                                                                1.   Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only level.
LOK
                                                                                                2.   Distractor B. is not plausible because all MSIVs are closed, why
(F/H)
                                                                                                    would you dump steam from the B&C steam generators when
2.  
                                                                                                    you had an option to use A? (distractor A.) Also it is not clear
LOD
                                                                                                    whether dump steam infers using steam dumps or steamline
(1-5)
                                                                                                    PORVs.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                3.   Distractor D. is not plausible because there is not physical
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                    steam supply from the A S/G to the turbine driven EFW pump.
5. Other  
                                                                                                4.   Q is U due to two non-plausible distracters.
6.  
                                                                                                5.   Need to move the last bullet (Operators have entered EOP-
                                                                                                    15.1, STEAM GENERATOR OVERPRESSURE) to bullet
U/E/S
                                                                                                    number three.
7.  
94  H    3                                                                          U
   
                                                                                                6.   Potential fix/recommendation:
Explanation
                                                                                                    Based on the given conditions, which ONE (1) of the following
Stem  
                                                                                                    is the procedure and the action the CRS will direct?
Focus
                                                                                                    A.     Remain in EOP-15.1, STEAM GENERATOR
Cues  
                                                                                                          OVERPRESSURE, and dump steam from A Steam
T/F  
                                                                                                          Generator steamline PORV.
Cred.  
                                                                                                    B. Remain in EOP-15.1, STEAM GENERATOR
Dist.
                                                                                                          OVERPRESSURE, and initiate blowdown from the A
Partial Job-
                                                                                                          Steam Generator.
Link
                                                                                                    C. Transition to EOP-15.2, STEAM GENERATOR HIGH
Minutia  
                                                                                                          LEVEL, and dump steam from A Steam Generator
#/  
                                                                                                          steamline PORV.
units
                                                                                                    D. Transition to EOP-15.2, STEAM GENERATOR HIGH
Back-
                                                                                                          LEVEL, and initiate blowdown from the A Steam
ward
                                                                                                          Generator. (new correct answer)
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
94
H
3
U
K/A WE13EA2.2  
Monday, October 03, 2011  
1.  
Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only level.  
2.  
Distractor B. is not plausible because all MSIVs are closed, why  
would you dump steam from the B&C steam generators when  
you had an option to use A? (distractor A.) Also it is not clear  
whether dump steam infers using steam dumps or steamline  
PORVs.  
3.  
Distractor D. is not plausible because there is not physical  
steam supply from the A S/G to the turbine driven EFW pump.  
4.  
Q is U due to two non-plausible distracters.  
5.  
Need to move the last bullet (Operators have entered EOP-
15.1, STEAM GENERATOR OVERPRESSURE) to bullet  
number three.  
6.  
Potential fix/recommendation:  
Based on the given conditions, which ONE (1) of the following  
is the procedure and the action the CRS will direct?  
A.  
Remain in EOP-15.1, STEAM GENERATOR  
OVERPRESSURE, and dump steam from A Steam  
Generator steamline PORV.  
B.  
Remain in EOP-15.1, STEAM GENERATOR  
OVERPRESSURE, and initiate blowdown from the A  
Steam Generator.  
C.  
Transition to EOP-15.2, STEAM GENERATOR HIGH
LEVEL, and dump steam from A Steam Generator  
steamline PORV.  
D.  
Transition to EOP-15.2, STEAM GENERATOR HIGH  
LEVEL, and initiate blowdown from the A Steam  
Generator. (new correct answer)  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                 Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                     7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
Q#
                                                                                                1.   Followed recommendations. \
1.  
                                                                                                2.   2/2 format.
LOK
                                                                                                Satisfactory
(F/H)
                                                                                        S
2.  
                                                                                            K/A WE08G2.4.21
LOD
                                                                                            NEW HIGHER
(1-5)
                                                                                            Monday, October 03, 2011
3. Psychometric Flaws  
  95  H    3                                                                          E
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only
5. Other  
                                                                                                2.   Valid with respect to physics and thermodynamics? RCS and
6.  
                                                                                                    RB pressures are matchedis there a LBLOCA in progress as
U/E/S
7.  
   
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
Thursday, October 13, 2011
1.  
Followed recommendations. \\  
2.  
2/2 format.  
Satisfactory  
95
H
3
E
K/A WE08G2.4.21  
NEW HIGHER  
Monday, October 03, 2011  
   
1.  
Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only  
2.  
Valid with respect to physics and thermodynamics? RCS and  
RB pressures are matchedis there a LBLOCA in progress as  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                      well as the steam line break?
Q#
                                                                                                3.   Delete 30 minutes ago from first Q statement. Again, do not
1.  
                                                                                                      believe conditions would be established as stated in 30 min
LOK
                                                                                                      timeframe.
(F/H)
                                                                                                4.   Distractor D. is not plausible, Recommend changing to Remain
2.  
                                                                                                      in EOP-3.1, UNCONTROLLED DEPRESSURIZATION OF ALL
LOD
                                                                                                      STEAM GENERATORS.
(1-5)
                                                                                                5.   Change question statement to read: WOOTF identifies the
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                                      procedure the CRS will direct the crew to implement to
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                        S            effectively mitigate this condition?
5. Other  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
6.  
                                                                                                1.   New question, did not follow the above recommendation.
                                                                                                2.   Changed from what was presented slightly, see question for
U/E/S
                                                                                                      new sat question.
7.  
                                                                                                SAT
   
                                                                                            K/A G2.3.14
Explanation
                                                                                            Monday, October 03, 2011
Stem  
                                                                                                1.   Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.
Focus
96  F    2                                                                          S        2.   Q is SAT.
Cues  
                                                                                            Friday, October 14, 2011
T/F  
                                                                                                1.   The licensee wants to change this question based ONLY on the
Cred.  
                                                                                                      results of the everyone FAILED. Initially this question was
Dist.
                                                                                                      validated by 2 SROs and was not an issue. The question was
Partial Job-
                                                                                                      revalidated again because there were 5 individuals who
Link
                                                                                            Question would not be justifiable. The OLD version will be used.
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
well as the steam line break?  
3.  
Delete 30 minutes ago from first Q statement. Again, do not  
believe conditions would be established as stated in 30 min  
timeframe.  
4.  
Distractor D. is not plausible, Recommend changing to Remain  
in EOP-3.1, UNCONTROLLED DEPRESSURIZATION OF ALL  
STEAM GENERATORS.  
5.  
Change question statement to read: WOOTF identifies the  
procedure the CRS will direct the crew to implement to  
effectively mitigate this condition?  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
New question, did not follow the above recommendation.  
2.  
Changed from what was presented slightly, see question for  
new sat question.  
SAT  
96
F
2
S
K/A G2.3.14  
Monday, October 03, 2011  
1.  
Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.  
2.  
Q is SAT.  
Friday, October 14, 2011  
1.  
The licensee wants to change this question based ONLY on the  
results of the everyone FAILED. Initially this question was  
validated by 2 SROs and was not an issue.   The question was  
revalidated again because there were 5 individuals who
Question would not be justifiable. The OLD version will be used.  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                     7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            K/A G2.3.12
Q#
                                                                                            Monday, October 03, 2011
1.  
                                                                                        E        1.   Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.
LOK
                                                                                                2.   Q is SAT as submitted .
(F/H)
                                                                                                Tuesday, October 04, 2011
2.  
                                                                                            When is the RB Charcoal Clean up unit energized? Licensee needs to
LOD
                                                                                            identify. This is from OAP 108.1 b. Determine if operation of four
(1-5)
                                                                                            RBCU's (fast speed) per SOP-114 should be performed in
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            order to increase stay times for teams entering
4. Job Content Flaws  
97  F    2
5. Other  
                                                                                            containment.
6.  
                                                                                            Why is D not also correct?
                                                                                            Distractor C appears to be not plausible. Need to clarify or identify a
U/E/S
                                                                                            special case for entering the RB and then Key off of that. Discuss.
7.  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
   
                                                                                        S
Explanation
                                                                                                1.   ADDED in stem a DAC reference to make C more plausible,
Stem  
                                                                                                2.   Changed D to slow speed.
Focus
                                                                                                3.   SAT
Cues  
                                                                                            Satisfactory.
T/F  
                                                                                            K/A G2.1.4
Cred.  
                                                                                            Monday, October 03, 2011
Dist.
  98  H    2                                                                          S
Partial Job-
                                                                                                1.   Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.
Link
                                                                                                2.   Remove to regain SRO proficiency from distractor D.
Minutia  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
#/  
                                                                                            SATISFACTORYs
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
97
F
2
E
K/A G2.3.12  
Monday, October 03, 2011  
1.  
Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.  
2.  
Q is SAT as submitted .  
Tuesday, October 04, 2011  
When is the RB Charcoal Clean up unit energized? Licensee needs to  
identify. This is from OAP 108.1 b. Determine if operation of four  
RBCU's (fast speed) per SOP-114 should be performed in  
order to increase stay times for teams entering  
containment.
Why is D not also correct?  
Distractor C appears to be not plausible. Need to clarify or identify a  
special case for entering the RB and then Key off of that. Discuss.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
ADDED in stem a DAC reference to make C more plausible,  
2.  
Changed D to slow speed.  
3.  
SAT  
Satisfactory.  
S
98
H
2
S
K/A G2.1.4  
Monday, October 03, 2011  
   
1.  
Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.  
2.  
Remove to regain SRO proficiency from distractor D.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
SATISFACTORYs  


                                                                    VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                         Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                     Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                         7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                  Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                            G 2.1.3, New, Lower
Q#
                                                                                                  1.   KA appears to match
1.  
                                                                                                  2.   Distracters C and D are not plausible. The situation for a
LOK
                                                                                                        reactor start up NO distractions would occur and therefore
(F/H)
                                                                                        U              implausible. This makes the SRO functions trivial, there is no
2.  
                                                                                                        instance where an operator would select these.
LOD
                                                                                                  3.
(1-5)
                                                                                            Recommendation
3. Psychometric Flaws  
  99  F    2-3                                                                              Knowledge between long and short term turnovers. Use the 2 by 2 format
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                            to identify 2 items from each or something that is unique to the short and
5. Other  
                                                                                            not to the long.
6.  
                                                                                        s  Thursday, October 13, 2011
                                                                                                  1.   NEW QUESTION
U/E/S
                                                                                                  2.   OK
7.  
                                                                                            SATISFACTOY
   
                                                                                            2.4.37, VCS CLOSED, Lower,
Explanation
                                                                                                  1.   KA does NOT match, SRO ONLY, trivial knowledge
Stem  
                                                                                                  2.   The answers for the second part are not really answered by the
Focus
                                                                                                        answers in the distracters. For example, what happens if the
Cues  
                                                                                                        TSC is not manned but the ED takes command from the IED?
T/F  
100                                                                                    U              Should the question ask when is the IED relieved from his
Cred.  
                                                                                                        duties?
Dist.
                                                                                            There is some information needed to the stem of the question.
Partial Job-
                                                                                            Recommendation:
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
99
F
2-3
U
G 2.1.3, New, Lower  
1.  
KA appears to match  
2.  
Distracters C and D are not plausible. The situation for a  
reactor start up NO distractions would occur and therefore  
implausible. This makes the SRO functions trivial, there is no  
instance where an operator would select these.  
3.  
Recommendation
Knowledge between long and short term turnovers. Use the 2 by 2 format  
to identify 2 items from each or something that is unique to the short and  
not to the long.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
NEW QUESTION
2.  
OK  
SATISFACTOY  
s
100
U
2.4.37, VCS CLOSED, Lower,
1.  
KA does NOT match, SRO ONLY, trivial knowledge  
2.  
The answers for the second part are not really answered by the  
answers in the distracters. For example, what happens if the  
TSC is not manned but the ED takes command from the IED?
Should the question ask when is the IED relieved from his  
duties?  
There is some information needed to the stem of the question.  
Recommendation:  


                                                                  VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9                                       Written Examination Review Worksheet                                                   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
      1.   2.       3. Psychometric Flaws           4. Job Content Flaws   5. Other   6.                                       7.
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
  Q#  LOK  LOD
Form ES-401-9  
    (F/H) (1-5) Stem Cues     T/F   Cred. Partial Job- Minutia #/ Back-   Q= SRO    U/E/S                                Explanation
                Focus                Dist.        Link          units ward K/A Only
                                                                                                1.   The ED declares that the cross connection of 1DA and 1DB is
Q#
                                                                                                    necessary for the protection of health and safety of the public.
1.  
                                                                                                    This would then help in the decision for the SS to comply with
LOK
                                                                                                    the cross connection of the power supplies. There is a lot of
(F/H)
                                                                                                    information not identified that should be here.
2.  
                                                                                                2.   The reference provided is associated with the EOP users Guide.
LOD
                                                                                                    The KA is the lines or authority during implementation of the
(1-5)
                                                                                        S            EPlan. These are different.
3. Psychometric Flaws  
                                                                                            Thursday, October 13, 2011
4. Job Content Flaws  
                                                                                                1.   SUGGESTED REPLACEMENT, DID NOT LIKE. VERY
5. Other  
                                                                                                    SIMPLE. Changed second part for the new question. Not
6.  
                                                                                                    ready yet.
U/E/S
7.  
   
Explanation
Stem  
Focus
Cues  
T/F  
Cred.  
Dist.
Partial Job-
Link
Minutia  
#/  
units
Back-
ward
Q=  
K/A  
SRO
Only  
S
1.  
The ED declares that the cross connection of 1DA and 1DB is  
necessary for the protection of health and safety of the public.
This would then help in the decision for the SS to comply with  
the cross connection of the power supplies. There is a lot of  
information not identified that should be here.  
2.  
The reference provided is associated with the EOP users Guide.  
The KA is the lines or authority during implementation of the  
EPlan. These are different.  
Thursday, October 13, 2011  
1.  
SUGGESTED REPLACEMENT, DID NOT LIKE. VERY  
SIMPLE. Changed second part for the new question. Not  
ready yet.


                        VC Summer 2011-301 Examination
VC Summer 2011-301 Examination  
ES-401, Rev. 9 Written Examination Review Worksheet   Form ES-401-9
ES-401, Rev. 9  
ES-401, Rev. 9                   2                     Form ES-401-9
Written Examination Review Worksheet  
Form ES-401-9  
ES-401, Rev. 9  
2  
Form ES-401-9
}}
}}

Latest revision as of 08:14, 6 January 2025

VC Summer 05000395/2011301 Exam Administrative Items 2C
ML18057B535
Person / Time
Site: Summer South Carolina Electric & Gas Company icon.png
Issue date: 02/26/2018
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
South Carolina Electric & Gas Co
References
Download: ML18057B535 (118)


See also: IR 05000395/2011301

Text

ES-30l

Administrative Topics Outline

Form ES-301-1

Facility:

VC SUMMER

Date of Examination:

9/12/2077

Examination Level (circle one):

/ SRO

Operating Test Number:

Administrative Topic

Type

Describe activity to be performed

(see Note)

Code*

RO/SRO Common

Conduct of Operations

D

JPA-081A Manual leak rate

(Al-a)

G2.1 .7 (4.4/4.7)Ability to evaluate plant performance and make

operational judgements based on operating

characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument

interpretation.

Modify JPA-006 Reactivity management sheet

.

JPAOO6B

Conduct of Operations

M

(Al -b)

G2.1 .43 (4.1/4.3) Ability to use procedures to determine the effects

on reactivity of plant changes, such as reactor

coolant system temperature, secondary plant,

fuel depletion, etc.

D

JPA-025 Create tagout

Equipment Control (A2)

G2.2.13 (4.1/4.3) Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures

M

RO/SRO Common

D

-.

+

Modify JPA-083 Apply facility ALARA principles to an emergency

.-ialatIon \\..onLro y-)

situation in an area with a high dose rate and

airborne radiation

JPA-083A(R 1)

G2.3.12 (3.2/3.7) Knowledge of radiological safety principles

pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry

requirement, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-

radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.

Not chosen for RO

Emergency Pan (A4)

NOTE:

All items (5 total) are required for SROs.

  • Type Codes & Criteria:

(C)ontrol room

(D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs;

for SROs & RO retakes)

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)

(P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)

(S)imulator

NUREG-1021, Revision 9

F I IJ1\\L_

ES-301

Administrative Topics Outline

Form ES-301-1

JPM SUMMARY STATEMENTS

CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS (Al-a): Calculates leak rate using system data provided since

IPCS is out of service. Detects that unidentified leakage exceeds the TS limit.

CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS (Al-b): Completes OAP-l 00.6, Attachment IA, Reactivity

Control Parameters, consistent with the attachment included with this JPM. Tolerance will

generally only be given for rounding; however, each case must be evaluated on an individual

basis.

EQUIPMENT CONTROL (A2): B MDEFP is tagged out lAW SAP-201. The suction and

discharge valves are tagged closed, pump casing drains and vents are tagged open, the motor

is tagged out, and the correct sequence is identified for tagging.

RADIATION CONTROL (A3): Compare two options to conduct work in a high radiation area

with airborne activity due to a LOCA outside of containment.

EMERGENCY PLAN (A4): Not selected for RO exam

NUREG-1021, Revision 9

F I [%J,t\\[..

ES-301

Administrative Topics Outline

Form ES-301 -1

Facility:

VC SUMMER

Date of Examination:

9/12/2011

Examination Level (circle one):

RD I ISROI

Operating Test Number:

Administrative Topic

Type

Describe activity to be performed

(see Note)

Code*

ROISRO Common

.

JPA-081A Manual leak rate

Conduct of Operations

D

G2.1 .7 (4.4/4.7) Ability to evaluate plant performance and make

(Al -a)

operational judgements based on operating

characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument

interpretation.

JPA-009 Shift manning.

.

G2.1 .5 (2.9*/3.9) Ability to use procedures related to shift staffing

Conduct of Operations

D

such as minimum crew complement, overtime

(Al -b)

limitations, etc.

JPA-025A REVIEW TAGOUT FOR

B MDEFP

.

G2.2.13 (4.1/4.3) Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures

Equipment Control (A2)

M

RO/SRO Common

.

.

Modify JPA-083 Apply facility ALARA principles to an emergency

Radiation Control (A3)

M

situation in an area with a high dose rate and

airborne radiation

JPA-083A(R 1)

G2.3.12 (3.2/3.7) Knowledge of radiological safety principles

pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as

containment entry requirement, fuel handling

responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation

areas,_aligning_filters,_etc.

JPA-020 Given a set of conditions determines the EAL.

G2.4.41 (2.9/4.6): Knowledge of the emergency action level

Emergency Plan (A4)

D

thresholds and classifications.

NOTE:

All items (5 total) are required for SROs.

  • Type Codes & Criteria:

(C)ontrol room

(D)irect from bank ( 3 for ROs;

4 for SROs & RO retakes)

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank ( 1)

(P)revious 2 exams ( 1; randomly selected)

(S) imulator

FINAL

NUREG-1021, Revision 9

ES-301

Administrative Topics Outline

Form ES-301-1

JPM SUMMARY STATEMENTS

CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS (Al-a): Calculates leak rate using system data provided since

IPCS is out of service. Detects that unidentified leakage exceeds the TS limit.

CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS (Al-b): Determines actions necessary to maintain shift staffing.

Update JPM for new fatigue rule and EmpCenter

EQUIPMENT CONTROL (A2): Reviews a manual danger tag for errors. B MDEFP is tagged

out lAW SAP-201. The suction and discharge valves are tagged closed, pump casing drains

and vents are tagged open, the motor is tagged out, and the correct sequence is identified for

tagging.

RADIATION CONTROL (A3): Compare two options to conduct work in a high radiation area

with airborne activity due to a LOCA outside of containment.

EMERGENCY PLAN (A4): Event properly classified as a SITE AREA EMERGENCY due to a

Loss or Potential Loss of 2 (two) fission product barriers (RCS by D.2 or D.3 and Containment

by D.3 or D.4). This is a time critical JPM and the ENF form must be completed within 15

minutes after the emergency condition is determined.

FINAL

NUREG-1021, Revision 9

ES-301

Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline

Form ES-301 -2

-

9/72/2011

Facility:

VC Summer

Date of Examination:

Exam Level (circle one):

(Ro)! SRO(l) I SRO(U)

Operating Test No.:

Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-l 2 or 3 for SRO-U)

ystem / JPM Title

Type Code*

Safety Function

a

APE 069 (JPSF-045B) Modify JPSF-045A

A,M,S,EN

5

Ensure Containment Isolation (ED P-i .0)

b.

System 015 (JPS-161)

N,L,S

7

Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip (GOP-3)

c.

APE 003 (JPSF-012A)

A,D,S

1

Dropped Rod Recovery (AOP-403.6)

EPE011 (JPS-002A)

D,S

2

Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation (EOP-2.3)

e.

EPE 038 (JPSF-007)

A,D,S

3

Depressurize RCS to < Ruptured Steam Generator Pressure

(EOP-4.0)

f

System 008 (JPS-042)

D,S

8

Identify and Isolate an RCS Leak to the CCW System (ARP)

g

E05 (JPS-149A) Modify JPS149

M,S

4S

Respond to steam generator overpressure (E0P-15.3)

h

System 062 (JPSF-160)

A,N,S

6

Respond to electrical grid issues fAOP-301.1)

hi-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-l; 3 or 2 for SAC-U)

.

APE 068 (JPPF-049 for RO)

A,D,E

4

Evacuation of control room (AOP-600.1)

APE 067 fJPP-205)

D,E,R

6

Cross train connection of swing battery charger (FEP-2.0)

APE 025 (]PP-408)

N,L,E,R

8

Align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water

to the RWST (AOP-1 15.4)

FINAL

NUREG-1021, Revision 9

ES-301

Control Room/In-Plant Systems OutHne

Form ES-301-2

@

All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in-

plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.

  • Type Codes

Criteria for:

RO / SRO-l / SRO-U

(A)lternate path

4-6 / 4-6 / 2-3

5/NA/NA

(C)ontrol room

(D)irect from bank

i

8 I

4

6/NA/NA

(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant

1 /

1 /

1

3/NA/NA

(EN)gineered safety feature

NA I NA /

1 (control room system)NA/NA/NA

(L)ow-Power

1 /

1 /

1

2/NA/NA

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1 (A)

2 /

2 I

1

5/NA/NA

(P)revious 2 exams

/

3/

2 (randomly selected) 0/NA/NA

(R)CA

1/1/1

2/NA/NA

(S)im ulator

VC SUMMER 2011 NRC JPM SUMMARY

a.

Take actions to ensure containment isolation in accordance with EOP-1 .0, REACTOR

TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION, Attachment 3. The applicant will identify that

containment integrity is not intact. This leads to the alternate path for this JPM. The

applicant attempts to initiate a phase A or close valves from the MCB. One penetration

is isolated from the MCB. Another penetration will not close from the MCB and the

applicant sends a local operator to close a backup valve. This JPM will be modified from

one in the bank to change the valves involved and increase the number of valves.

b.

Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip in accordance with GOP-3, REACTOR STARTUP

FROM HOT STANDBY TO STARTUP (MODE 3 TO MODE 2). The applicant will raise

power using rods from the source range up to io 3/4 power. On the power increase the

source range will be blocked before an automatic reactor trip occurs. This JPM is new.

c.

Take actions to recover a dropped control rod in accordance with AOP-403.5,

DROPPED CONTROL ROD. The applicant will assume the shift with a dropped rod. On

recovery the rod will become stuck. When the candidate detects the stuck rod that rod

and a second rod will drop requiring a manual reactor trip. Both the stuck rod and the

second rod dropping makes this JPM alternate path.

d.

Take actions to transfer from cold leg recirculation to hot leg recirculation in accordance

with EOP-2.3, TRANSFER TO HOT LEG RECIRCULATION. The applicant will assume

the shift with cold leg recirculation in service for 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />. The applicant will transfer

from cold to hot leg recirculation without causing the charging pumps to be deadheaded

or run out. This JPM is not considered alternate path even though the right hand column

is used in the EOP because the right hand side will always be used to properly align the

C pump to the correct train.

e.

Take actions to depressurize the RCS to less than the pressure of the ruptured steam

generator in accordance with EOP-4.0, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE. The

applicant will open the pressurizer spray valve to depressurize. On reaching a

termination setpoint the applicant will attempt to close the spray valve, but it will stick

NUREG-1021, Revision 9

F I FJ1\\L_

ES-301

Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline

Form ES-301-2

open. This leads to the alternate path for this JPM.

In order to stop the

depressurization, the applicant will have to secure the A RCP.

f.

Identify and isolate an RCS Leak to the CCW System in accordance with a radiation

monitor alarm. The applicant will verify that the COW surge tank vent valve closes.

Then the source of the leak will be determined to be the letdown heat exchanger. The

applicant will align excess letdown and secure normal letdown to secure the leak.

g.

Take actions to respond to an overpressure condition in a steam generator in

accordance with EOP-1 5.3, RESPONSE TO LOSS OF NORMAL STEAM RELEASE

CAPABILITIES. An inadvertent main steam line isolation occurred. In addition, the

PORV for one of the steam generators fails to open. The applicant is directed to reduce

steam generator pressure. The applicant will detect which steam generator is affected.

The applicant will lower pressure using the condenser steam dumps by opening the

main steam isolation bypass valves. Modified from a JPM in the bank to place applicant

in EOP-15.3 instead of EOP-15.1.

h.

Take actions to respond to electrical grid issues in accordance with AOP-301 .1,

RESPONSE TO ELECTRICAL GRID ISSUES. The applicant will monitor check to see

that a runback is not required. Then monitor turbine bearing vibrations and reactive

load. Finally will investigate the condition of 1 DA and 1 DB. This sets up the alternate

path for this JPM.

1 DB voltage will be too low and the applicant will start the emergency

diesel and have it tie on by opening the normal incoming breaker to 1 DB. This JPM is

new.

Take actions necessary after evacuation of the control room in accordance with AOP

600.1, CONTROL ROOM EVACUATION. Due to bomb threat the control room is

evacuated without any equipment tripped from the MCB. RO candidates will perform the

actions of the BOP. The alternate path for the RO is that the A RCP is tripped and so

either B or C RCP will have to be left running. The C RCP is also tripped so the

applicant must leave the B RCP running.

j.

Take actions to cross-train the battery charger in accordance with FEP-2.0, TRAIN A

PLANT SHUTDOWN TO HOT STANDBY DUE TO FIRE, Enclosure K. The swing

battery charger will be aligned to cross-train AC power from A Train to DC power of B

Train to support equipment operation.

k.

Take actions to align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water to the

RWST in accordance with AOP-1 15.4, LOSS OF RHR WHILE REFUELING, Attachment

I, REFUELING CAVITY LEVEL CONTROL WITH SPENT FUEL GATE IN. Applicant will

establish a return of water to the RWST so that spent fuel can be cooled and level can

be controlled in the refueling cavity as RHR is returned to service. This is a new JPM.

NUREG-1021, Revision 9

ES-301

Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline

Form ES-301-2

Facility:

VC Summer

Date of Examination:

911212011

Exam Level (circle one):

RD / SRO(l)(Oj)

Operating Test No.:

Control Room Systems (8 for RO; 7 for SRO-l 2 or 3 for SRO-U)

ytem I JPM Title

Type Code*

Safety Function

APE 069 (JPSF-045B) Modify

A,MS,EN

5

Ensure containment isolation (ED P-i .0)

b.

Systemol5(JPS-161)

N,L,S

7

Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip (GOP-3)

C.

d.

e.

f.

g.

h.

In-Plant Systems (3 for RO; 3 for SRO-l; 3 or 2 for SRO-U)

APE 068 (JPPF-044 for SRO)

AD,E

4

Evacuation of control room (AOP-600. 1)

APE 067 (]PP-205)

D,E,R

6

Cross train connection of swing battery charger (FEP-2.0)

k

APE 025 (JPP-408)

N,L,E,R

8

Align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water

to the RWST (AOP-1 15.4)

NUREG-1021, Revision 9

ES-301

Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline

Form ES-301-2

@

All control room (and in-plant) systems must be different and serve different safety functions; in-

plant systems and functions may overlap those tested in the control room.

Type Codes

Criteria for:

RO I SRO-I I SRO-U

(A)lternate path

4-6 / 4-6 I 2-3

NNNN2

(C)ontrol room

(D)irect from bank

9 /

8/

4

NNNN2

(E)mergency or abnormal in-plant

1 I

1 1

1

NNNN3

(EN)gineered safety feature

NA / NA I

1 (control room system) NNNN1

(L)ow-Power

1 I

1 I

1

NNNN2

(N)ew or (M)odified from bank including 1(A)

2 /

2 /

1

NNNN3

(P)revious 2 exams

3 I

3 /

2 (randomly selected)

NA/NAb

(R)CA

1I1/1

NNNN2

(S)imulator

a.

Take actions to ensure containment isolation in accordance with EOP-1 .0, REACTOR

TRIP/SAFETY INJECTION ACTUATION, Attachment 3. The applicant will identify that

containment integrity is not intact. This leads to the alternate path for this JPM. The

applicant attempts to initiate a phase A or close valves from the MCB. One penetration

is isolated from the MCB. Another penetration will not close from the MCB and the

applicant sends a local operator to close a backup valve. This JPM will be modified from

one in the bank to change the valves involved and increase the number of valves.

b.

Block Source Range Hi Flux Trip in accordance with GOP-3, REACTOR STARTUP

FROM HOT STANDBY TO STARTUP (MODE 3 TO MODE 2). The applicant will raise

power using rods from the source range up to 1 0 % power. On the power increase the

source range will be blocked before an automatic reactor trip occurs. This JPM is new.

c.

Not selected for SRO.

d.

Not selected for SRO.

e.

Not selected for SRO.

f.

Not selected for SRO.

g.

Not selected for SRO.

h.

Not selected for SRO.

i.

Take actions necessary after evacuation of the control room in accordance with AOP

600.1, CONTROL ROOM EVACUATION. Due to bomb threat the control room is

evacuated without any equipment tripped from the MCB. SRO candidates will perform

the actions of the CRS. The alternate path for the SRO is determining that emergency

boration is required due to two stuck rods.

j.

Take actions to cross-train the battery charger in accordance with FEP-2.0, TRAIN A

PLANT SHUTDOWN TO HOT STANDBY DUE TO FIRE, Enclosure K. The swing

VC SUMMER 2011 NRC JPM SUMMARY

NUREG-1 021, Revision 9

ES-301

Control Room/In-Plant Systems Outline

Form ES-301-2

battery charger will be aligned to cross-train AC power from A Train to DC power of B

Train to support equipment operation.

NUREG-1 021, Revision 9

k.

Take actions to align Spent Fuel Cooling Loop B to return Refueling Cavity water to the

RWST in accordance with AOP-1 15.4, LOSS OF RHR WHILE REFUELING, Attachment

I, REFUELING CAVITYLEVEL CONTROL WITH SPENTFUEL GATE IN. Applicant will

establish a return of water to the RWST so that spent fuel can be cooled and level can

be controlled in the refueling cavity as RHR is returned to service. This is a new JPM.

    • 1

ES-401

Record of Rejected K/As

Form ES-401 -4

Tier /

Randomly

Reason for Rejection

Group

Selected K/A

ROs

1/2

000032AA2.03

Source range high voltage is never removed at VCS

(Gammametrics fission chamber NIS)

KA replaced with 000032AA2.06 for RO test

2/1

063 A2.01

Not able to write discriminating question at RO level since only

response to DC grounds in procedures is to have electrical

maintenance trouble shoot.

KA replaced with 063 A3.01 for RO test.

2/2

01 1 K4.03

Pressurizer level is not density compensated at VC Summer.

KA replaced with 01 1 K4.05 for RO test.

3

G2.4.39

No responsibilities of RO in emergency plan implementation.

KA replaced with G2.4.25 for RO test.

2/i

078K1.01

VC Summer has no specific system that is equivalent to sensor air.

KA replaced with 078K 1.03 for RO test.

SROs

1/2

000059 AA2.03

Not able to write an operationally relevant question that is

discriminating for an SRO.

KA replaced with 000059 AA 1.01 for SRO test.

2/2

028 G2.2.40

Hydrogen Recombiner was removed from Technical Specifications.

KA replaced with 02$ G 2.1.27 for SRO test.

2/2

086A2.01

Not able to write an operationally relevant question that is

discriminating for an SRO.

KA replaced with 002A2.04 for SRO test.

2/2

072A2.03

Not able to write an operationally relevant question that is

discriminating for an SRO.

KA replaced with 034K4.02 for SRO test.

e

ES4OI

Written Examination Quality Checklist

Form ES-401-6

Facility:

f

Date of Exam: ItV2 1/)

Exam Level: RO

SRO

Initial

Item Description

a

b*

c

1.

Questions and answers are technically accurate and applicable to the facility.

?

2.

a.

NRC K/As are referenced for all questions.

p1

b.

Facility learning objectives are referenced as available.

3.

SRO questions are appropriate in accordance with Section D.2.d of ES-401

c

4.

The sampling process was random and systematic (If more than 4 RO or 2 SRD questions

were repeated from the last 2 NRC licensing exams, consult the NRR CL program office).

5.

Question duplication from the license screening/audit exam was controlled

as indicated below (check the item that applies) and appears appropriate:

the audit exam was systematically and randomly developed; or

the audit exam was completed before the license exam was started; or

the examinations were developed independently; or

? the licensee certifies that there is no duplication; or

other (explain)

6.

Bank use meets limits (no more than 75 percent

Bank

Modified

New

from the bank, at least 10 percent new, and the rest

I

new or modified); enter the actual RO I SRO-only

q

qr

,, C/q] LII

/

question distribution(s) at right.

L4,z4I

Oii

(0416

7.

Between 50 and 60 percent of the questions on the RO

Memory

CIA

exam are written at the comprehension/ analysis level;

the SRO exam may exceed 60 percent if the randomly

3/

s

f

19

selected K/As support the higher cognitive levels; enter

s,

ai1

the actual RO I SRO question distribution(s) at right.

1

i/o ,52..,, Yi,

8.

References/handouts provided do not give away answers

or aid in the elimination of distractors.

9.

Question content conforms with specific KIA statements in the previously approved

examination outline and is appropriate for the tier to which they are assigned;

Y

h44

deviations are justified.

10.

Question psychometric quality and format meet the guidelines in ES Appendix B.

? 4

1 1.

The exam contains the required number of one-point, multiple choice items;

4+/-J c

f

the total is correct and agrees with the value on the cover sheet.

Printed.kJamI Sig ature

Date

a. Author

MIieiv 1

JQ/i/ii

b. Facility Reviewer()

OeIk

c. NRC Chief Examiner (#)

U4øIr.4 5

.

L4-----

toIt1)L4

d. NRC Regional Supervisor

iA43CI+IL A-.

c j__

Note:

  • The facility reviewers initials/signature are not applicable for NRC-developed examinations.
  1. Independent NRC reviewer initial items in Column c; chief examiner concurrence required.

ES-401, Page 29 of 33

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

VC SUMMER 2011-301 EXAM REVIEW

Instructions

[Refer to Section D of ES-401 and Appendix B for additional information regarding each of the following concepts.]

1.

Enter the level of knowledge (LOK) of each question as either (F)undamental or (H)igher cognitive level.

2.

Enter the level of difficulty (LOD) of each question using a 1 - 5 (easy - difficult) rating scale (questions in the 2 - 4 range are acceptable).

3.

Check the appropriate box if a psychometric flaw is identified:

$

The stem lacks sufficient focus to elicit the correct answer (e.g., unclear intent, more information is needed, or too much needless information).

$

The stem or distractors contain cues (i.e., clues, specific determiners, phrasing, length, etc).

$

The answer choices are a collection of unrelated true/false statements.

$

The distractors are not credible; single implausible distractors should be repaired, more than one is unacceptable.

$

One or more distractors is (are) partially correct (e.g., if the applicant can make unstated assumptions that are not contradicted by stem).

4.

Check the appropriate box if a job content error is identified:

$

The question is not linked to the job requirements (i.e., the question has a valid K/A but, as written, is not operational in content).

$

The question requires the recall of knowledge that is too specific for the closed reference test mode (i.e., it is not required to be known from memory).

$

The question contains data with an unrealistic level of accuracy or inconsistent units (e.g., panel meter in percent with question in gallons).

$

The question requires reverse logic or application compared to the job requirements.

5.

Check questions that are sampled for conformance with the approved K/A and those that are designated SRO-only (K/A and license level mismatches are unacceptable).

6.

Based on the reviewers judgment, is the question as written (U)nsatisfactory (requiring repair or replacement), in need of (E)ditorial enhancement, or (S)atisfactory?

7.

At a minimum, explain any U ratings (e.g., how the Appendix B psychometric attributes are not being met).

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

Generic Issues.

1.

In the stem of the question, need to determine if a period is or is not going to be used in the bulleted area of the stem. Sometimes it is used and sometimes it is not. It does not

matter which one just do it one way or the other.

2.

For the first few questions that use annunciator windows in the stem or distractors, these are not written the same. Some have the panel some have the panel and tile number,

we need to get that uniform.

3.

Reference material assembled is insufficient for examination review, system diagrams are not provided, key ARPs and AOPs not provided. Appears that the littlest amount of

material was provided for the review to take place.

4.

Add to those questions where necessary, applicable procedures being used to accomplish the appropriate tasks. This ensures validity of each question.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

1

F

2

X

E

Question

still needs

work.

Could be a

U.

004K4.07, Task Master ' question 4483

1.

Distractor B is NOT plausible. In that, when does a single

failure cause the system to actuate unless there is some other

information provided in the stem to identify they have to think of

this. Need to change this distractor.

2.

Characterized as Higher, this is a very low higher cognitive

question.

3.

KA appears to match

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

1.

Change provides values associated with the parameter

identified in the distractor.

2.

Actual

3.

Using the values, in B and C make them more implausible.

HOW does the instrument failing HIGH, cause emergency

makeup to occur? Actual have no relevance to the control

system, so putting actual level does not help.

Recommendation:

1.

Develop a 2 by 2 question using

2.

The design feature of what happens on the failure and then

what operator actions are necessary to combat that failure.

    • Design feature of what happens, then operator actions to combat

the failure.

This question needs more work, it is still an E. Or potentially a U.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Added actual in each of the NEW 2/2 question.

2.

SAT.

Satisfactory

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

2

H

2

S

012K6.03, New,

1.

This question is kind of backwards logic, in that, it is you have to

think of it failed? Not sure if this is a good way to ask this.

2.

Were there any issues with reading this question? Based on

evaluator review. Ask licensee.

3.

Do we need names of each of these or are they required to

know that form memory. The licensee states that they are

required to know this material.

4.

Kind of simple.

5.

KA appears to match

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

No changes, operators are required to know the P numbers.

2.

Still Sat.

3

H

3

S

011K4.03, Higher, New,

1.

In distractor A, need to somehow identify the word NO, so the

applicants do not miss it. Bold, underline, dont care, pick one

use it the same throughout the test.

2.

Would it be better to add to 1) that will eventually cause a

reactor trip? This may ensure that they have to evaluate the

entire cycle like the analysis identifies. . Ask licensee.

3.

KA appears to match

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

1.

Still think in question number 1 that we bold an underline the

NO before operator, like no.

2.

Otherwise ok.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Made consistent with other questions.

2.

Rearranged SERVE after ONLY, GL suggested.

3.

Bolded in B and D, serve only

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

4

H

2

X

E

016A2.01, Modified, Higher, Modified question was not supplied with

package.

1.

Not sure that the initial information in the stem has a real

meaning to answer the question. Other than it provides a

starting point. This can be removed from the stem.

2.

The KA requires in the second part to use procedures, while this

is sort of the way about it, but it does not state what procedure

just the actions to accomplish the required. Is there a way to

add procedures in the second part rather than stating it in the

stem? Ask licensee.

3.

Add the word the prior to the word failure in the stem of the

question. Just to clarify a little.

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

1.

The question as changed still does not meet the KA, in that,

there is no procedure listed in the answer. This is awkward! .

2.

Change the stem to read:

WOOTF identifies the Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD)

failure that would cause these indications and the appropriate

operator actions in accordance with AOP 304.3, Continuous

Control Ro Motion?

1.

Remove the procedure from distracters A and B.

2.

Add parenthesis around the A as in A for all

distracters since parenthesis are used in the initial

conditions. Make this a global change for all

questions.

This needs to be fixed before it is Satisfactory.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Changed the second part to as if they had to enter the AOP or

not to and for rods in MANUAL.

Changes SAT.

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

5

H

2-3

E

00005G2.1.31, New, Higher,

1.

How is it known that the alarm provided is the one that comes in

FIRST? Was this run on the simulator to prove that it actually is

the first? Ask licensee.

2.

Distractor C, P-12 is written differently here on this question

than it was written on Question # 2. Is there a reason why?

Should they read the same and change # 2 or does this provide

information to help decide that on Question # 2 that the

distractor it appears is NOT correct for either. Discuss with

licensee.

3.

KA while it is not a complete match, it appears to cover the

question fairly well. OK

4.

Not sure if distractor is plausible. Need to ask another

examiner.

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

1.

Why was the questions stem changed?

2.

As the question appears the change is ok. Now a Sat question

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Changed the stem to be clearer. See question. WOOTF will be

received simultaneously with a feedwater isolation signal

actuation?

S

6

H/F

2-3

E

000007EK2.03, New, Higher,

1.

The reference material identifies the annunciator to have an

intermittent fast flash. This is significant difference from the

way the question is worded. Recommend that the essence of

these words be put in for the answer other distractors that use

the same wording, ie. Distractor B.

2.

Do not agree this is higher level. The first part of the question is

memory, does a failure of the IR cause a rx trip. Also second

part of question, how does the alarm flash. Also could be

memory. Discuss with licensee.

3.

KA appears to match.

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

1.

Question was changed as requested, now satisfactory.

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

No further changes. Still satisfactory.

7

F

2-3

X

U

000032AA.2.03, Modified, Knowledge (Fundamental)?

1.

Remove from stem the word choices it is redundant and not

necessary. The first sentence can read, in almost every case,

Which One of the following (WWOTF)..describes, indicates.

2.

Modified question not supplied.

3.

When were these new NIs installed? Was everyone in class

when they were changed out? Or are the ONLY individuals who

were around then were the SRO-Us? I would imagine that this

is the case. IF this is true, then the plausibility of the OLD

versus the NEW does not bode well for the plausibility.

4.

The procedure provided actually states to verify AT and not

ABOVE as the question indicates. Could there be an issue with

distractor B, in that, this may be close to the P-6 interlock

(Source Range Permissive). Is this what we are looking at in

this question? Discuss with licensee.

5.

KA appears to NOT match. The KA asks the expected values

of source range indication when high voltage is automatically

removed. This is for a LOSS of Source Range NI. Discuss with

licensee.

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

1.

The question was entirely replaced with a new question.

2.

The KA was changed at the request of the licensee. The NEW

KA is 000032AA2.06

3.

Question matches KA,

4.

Put a comma between EOP-12.0 and Monitoring Critical Safety

Functions.

5.

Otherwise, question appears to be Satisfactory.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

No further changes still ok,. Made minor changes to stem.

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

8

H

3

E

000029EK2.06, New, Higher,

1.

The question is kind of confusing, in that, the stem is asking

about minimum number of malfunctions that would cause a

failure of an automatic reactor trip during the situation

presented. Can this be worded a little differently? Is this like in

the answer that there are three malfunctions? This does not

make any sense to me. .

2.

How did the evaluators do?

3.

What reference are you going to give? Not sure if it is only

going to be the print of the RTBs and bypass breakers and

emergency borate flow.

4.

Is it necessary to have the emergency borate flow there?

5.

KA appears to

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

1.

This change removed the requirement for the use of a

reference.

2.

Question as changed is satisfactory.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Scott P identified an issue with this question. Will discuss this

on Friday.

Friday, October 14, 2011

SAT

S

9

H

2-3

S

010A4.01, Bank, Higher,

1.

KA appears to match\\

2.

Question was used on Watts Bar last exam.

3.

Not a hard question.

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

1.

Made a change to the IC, added statement for group 2 Backup

heaters. No reason was provided for the added statement.

Added

2.

Appears to be Satisfactory

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

10

U

063K4.04, New, Fundamental,

1.

THE KA does not match. This is almost the way it can be but it

is talking about DC power and Trips, this would be better to

identify what electrical trips are not available for the DG or only

the TRIPS associated with electrical. BUT they do not mean the

mechanical trips how to stop the DG. Loss of Electrical power

causes the loss of most trips which ones do not get bypassed.

The DG overspeed and the DG reverse power trip. This needs

to be corrected. Discuss with licensee.

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

2.

Question was completely replaced.

3.

The question asks what is the response of the EDG during the

loss of All A train DC power. Ask it this way! The question

asks the response, which would indicate something should

happen. However from the answer, nothing happens. It is

really asking what is the status of the EDG, running or tripped?

This is the way it should be asked, that status, not response.

4.

To make it more valid, need to add what test is being done so

that the operator understands what the situation is with the

EDG. Can this be added to the initial conditions. ASK

LICENSEE.

5.

Each distractor has a loss of DC power, it is already asked in

the stem, it is not necessary in each distractor. Remove the

statement due to a loss of DC power.

6.

Same idea with second question, either there is or is not

protected.

Therefore re write the question to read

After the ICs

E

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

WOOTF describes a) the status of the EDG following the loss of DC

power and b). the protection 1DA has from the 51 overcurrent trip.

A.) a.) EDG will trip

b.) 1DA is protected by the 51 trips.

B.) a.) EG will trip

b.) 1DA is not protected by the 51 trips

C.) a.) EDG will remain running

b.) 1DA is protected by the 51 trips

D.) a.) EDG will remain running

b.) 1DA is not protected by the 51 trips

with this change it should be easier to read and will be Satisfactory.

Licensee please make this change to this question and ensure we still

have a valid question.

Basically the question is ok, just look at the above and note the changes

that will help shorten and make it easier to read for the applicants.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

needed to add words to the stem to identify closer what was

being asked.

2.

Additionally, added output to the EDG breaker and the noun

name to the breaker to be clearer.

SAT

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

11

F

2--3

U if #2 is

correct

and OK

otherwise.

022K1.01, New, Fundamental,

1.

KA appears to match

2.

Distractors B and D second part do not seem plausible. After

reading the analysis it seems like they may be ok, but, I am

going to ask G. Laska, tomorrow to see how he feels about this

part of the distractor. It does not sit well with me, it seems to be

easy to eliminate them.

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

1.

Second part of distracters C and D have been changed.

2.

Are there vacuum relief valves on the return lines of the

RBCUs? This is a question I am not sure of. Need to ask the

licensee if this is a true statement or is it something made up.

3.

This needs some more work to understand what is or is not

happening. IS there something like what is described in

distracters C and D available on any other system? Ask

licensee. If there is NO other system that has this kind of

vacuum relief valves then these distractors are unsat.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Question was replaced.

2.

See new question as SAT

3.

SAT

E/U

s

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

12

H

2-3

E

064K1.05, Higher, VCS Closed Bank

1.

Remove reason for DG will not start from the Main Control

Room (MCR), faulty wiring. All they need to know is it will not

start from the MCR. Done

2.

In the bulleted part, the A in the third bullet is not in quotes as it

is in the stem of the question. Write it one way or the other, I do

not care which method is used, just be consistent. Same for

distractor D with the A or just A.

3.

The A distractor uses a period and the rest do not have periods,

be consistent within and all questions. Either way is ok with me.

4.

KA appears to match

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

After reviewing this question again, the question asks if the EDG

will be prevented from coming up to speed. It does not say

start, it states come up to speed. This is key in understanding

2.

The air start system ONLY provides air to turn the crankshaft to

allow the combustion cycle to start, thats what causes this to

come up to speed. The air system would not get the EDG to

operating speed.

3.

If an operator ONLY depresses the air start system valve, does

this then start the EDG or does the operator have to place a

start signal to the circuit for the EDG to actually start? Was the

action that INITIALLY started the EDG that locked IN? SO did

the DG have a start signal that would allow the DG to run after

the engine is turned over???? ASK LICENSEE. I am not sure

that this is clear and if it is, then the distractors may not be

plausible. DISCUSS.

4.

ADD to the stem WOOTF . IAW AOP 304.3. Is this the

procedure

Friday, October 14, 2011

SATISFACTORY

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

13

H

2-3

E

W/E10EK3.4, BANK, VCS closed , higher

1.

Is this abbreviation something the applicants would know,

ESFLSs? Should we have it spelled out to begin with? Ask

Licensee.

2.

Why in the stem do we NOT use the actual procedure the crew

would be in?

3.

KA does it match? Well kind of. The KA speaks to adhered to

and the limitations in the facilitys license and amendments are

not violated. This is not covered in this question. Discuss with

4.

licensee. Need to have another examiner review for KA match.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

The question as changed appears to be ok.

2.

No further changes warranted.

Friday, October 14, 2011

Minor changes from validation comments, see exam for changes.

ADDED MINIMUM in the stem

SAT.

S

S

14

H

2

S

000057AA.2.12, MOD, VCS Closed, Higher.

1.

APN-5901 thru 5904, what is the noun name of that bus? Is

there any?

2.

Are operators expected to know this information from memory?

3.

Is 5902 channel II?

4.

Low level higher question, really is memory, how if not

memorized anyone would know this.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Question Matches KA

2.

Why not add the high PZRP level alarm annunciator alarm that

should come in also? Ask if this does come in and add it if it

does. Discuss with licensee. Minor enhancement, but it would

make the question more technically correct.

3.

Other than that, it is appears to be ok.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Added appropriate alarms that came in, as asked.

2.

SATISFACTORY.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

15

H

2

X

U

064A3.03, New, Higher,

1.

Is there a noun name for XTF-31? If so, add it to the stem.

2.

Distractors C and D, second part are NOT plausible. The

operator applicants all have observed DG starts and know that

there is not a cycling of the frequency as described. Something

better has to be used. The way this is it is not plausible. This is

describing sequencing. Lets just say that. Frequency

fluctuates as the load sequencer sequences.

3.

The analysis does not describe the function of XTF-31 or where

to find information about it. No reference identified.

4.

The stem is difficult to read. Which choice below identifies the

following with regard to.. With regard to the A DG response,

which one of the following (WOOTF). May read better.

Use recommendation above. Should be a S then.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

None of the suggestions were used.

2.

Answer D is another correct answer. This makes the question

unsat.

3.

D has to be changed to make this question sat. Discuss with

licensee.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

SAT SEE EXAM CHANGES.

U

S

16

F

2

X

E/S

063A2.01, New, Lower,

1.

The questions KA was replaced with 063A3.01. This should be

in the header of the question. Replace 2.01 with 3.01 in the

header. Otherwise, it does not make sense for the question.

2.

It states Local indication, is there no location where battery

voltage can be observed? This is not clear and should ensure

this is not another provable answer. Discuss with licensee.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

U

3.

KA appears to match.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Licensee identifies there is a LOCAL battery meter, provides a

reference, reference was not submitted to identify that there are

local battery meters. Are there 126 v and 108 v system local

meters.

2.

Licensee states that the procedure means in the reference

monitor Batter Bus Voltage throughout this procedure implies

the MCB. If this is the case WHY would anyone select LOCAL

for reading the battery bus voltage? Why is it plausible? With

this new information, distractors B and C are NOT plausible.

Discuss with licensee. This makes this question UNSAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

CHANGES SAT

S

17

H

2-3

E

062A2.01, Bank, Higher,

1.

Add to the stem the procedure they would actually be in.

2.

Why is it necessary to add on low flow in both A and B. This is

not necessary and can be deleted.

3.

Why is it necessary for the 1 minute time after the event?

Discuss with licensee.

4.

KA appears to match.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

ADD to the question the procedure, SOP-XX the crew would be

in, in addition, to the GOP. Is there another one to parallel the

MTG?

2.

Question modified as requested, appears to be SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

SAT NO CHANGES MADE.

S

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

18

H

2-3

S

045 G2.4.3, Bank, Higher.

1.

Add noun name for 1A1X. This may or may not be necessary

2.

KA appears to almost match. This is a borderline analysis.

3.

The questions KA discusses use of annunciator alarms,

indications or procedure response. The question uses a ARP

that came in based on loss of a power supply. The correct

answer analysis uses the AOP. The answer to the question

does not use a procedure but identifies how the system works.

The question barely matches the KA. Discuss with licensee.

4.

The manual adjustment of the field provides the reason for the

first part of the question. This really has nothing to do with the

procedure. What is the response procedure we are answering

in this question? Discuss with licensee

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Why was the question changed from the loss of 1A1X to the

Regulator Core Alarm? This was not suggested in the above?

Discuss with licensee! SO IT WAS CLOSER TO KA

2.

The new question provides information as to why the

annunciator came in. AND provides the ARP correct actions to

address this event. The skill set is different for answering this

question than for the first question.

3.

The first part of each distractor should have the words load

will vary, with either load will increase, or load will

decrease. This will then make the question more operationally

valid. What will have happen to the reactive or real load.

Basically, as it sits the operator does not have to know what the

action taken will do.

4.

Additionally, the second part of the question has to be re-written

to the following: AND based on a over temperature condition

how the Main Generator Voltage Regulator will respond.

Currently, the question does not really identify that the condition

is higher than the information provided in the IC.

Recommendations:

If the above are followed the question will be considered SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

MADE CHANGES TO THE QUESTION. See changes on exam

SATISFACTORY.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

19

H

3

E

026K2.01, New, Higher,

1.

I do not understand why the 480 v bus is a plausible distractor.

I understand what is written, however, I do not understand why

that is plausible.

2.

The analysis does not explain the function of the XCP-639 point

6-4 BUS 1DX LCKOUT 86 B. The ARP was not provided. It

should have been.

3.

Does the Reactor building Spray pump get any control power

from the 480V bus? Does the 480 V bus 1DA1 bus get

powered from the 7.2KV Bus 1DA.

4.

No information provided about the lockout

5.

KA appears to match.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

The question stem was changed from the submittal. The

information asked for is in a different order than those of the

answers. The question stem asks for the location of the breaker

and the ultimate power supply. The distractors answer the

power supply and then where power comes from. The question

does NOT elicit the answers. Again, stem asks for the

LOCATION of breaker and answers identify From power supply,

ie from offsite power, from the A EDG. Doesnt Location mean

the BUS it is on, 1DA, on or the building it bus sits in. This now

makes this question UNSAT.

2.

I still do not believe that the 480 V bus is plausible. Discuss

directly with licensee to understand why anyone would select A

or B and that a Safety Related Motor would be ONLY 480 volts.

While this was characterized as an E, it initially should have

been characterized as a U. Regardless, of the characterization

the question has two distractors that have been determined as

implausible and therefore is UNSAT. The licensee did not

provide a good reason why the less than competent operator

would select a pump that is safety related and is powered from

the 480V power supply.

3.

IS 1 EA powered in this instance with 1 DA? What is the

voltage of 1EA1 bus? Discuss if either of these buses are

U

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

plausible under the plant conditions listed in the IC.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

  1. 2 1DA is ok as a distractor because the rhr and spray pumps

are in the same room, however, they are powered from different

buses.

Question is sat.

20

H

2-3

E

001K2.01,Modified, Higher,

1.

KA appears to match

2.

So 1DA2 and 1DB2 are safeguards buses? I dont understand

why these are plausible! It seems like we are comparing apples

and oranges, in that, one is 7200v and the other is 480v.

Discuss with licensee

3.

Need to understand why those in 2 are plausible.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Why was the power supplies identified at the next lower voltage

power? Why not use buses 1B3 and 1C2 as the alternate

answers for distractors B and D? Discuss with licensee.

2.

Why is the above not as good or better answer than 1A3X and

1C3X?

3.

Question has two implausible distractors B and D, this is the

same type of argument identified in question 19 using different

power supplies one being a lower voltage than the other.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

Used the suggestion above, as 480 switch gear.

2.

SAT

U

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

21

F

3

X

E/S

000055EA2.06. New, Knowledge,

1.

No reference diagram for power line up. Discussed in the

analysis of the answer but that is hard if not impossible to

understand without a diagram.

2.

Does the conditions of the stem put the plant in a Station

Blackout? Not sure it does. Ask licensee.

3.

The KA talks about clearing an item to allow re-energization.

The question concerns itself with preventing closing. Its a little

difference but it is not the KA requirements. Discuss with

licensee.

4.

Have licensee explain this question with references.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Question is OK as it is. No further changes necessary.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

Sat

S

22

F

2-3

X

U

0000056AK3.02, New, Knowledge,

1.

KA appears to match

2.

Distractors A and B do not make sense, in that, placing the

Service Water pumps in PTL, Pull to Lock, does not make

sense to remove the cooling medium for the EDGs.

3.

The second part of B and D are not plausible to me. To

immediately provide a heat sink for CCW. This does not seem

plausible. The system being without power, CCW that is, has

no ability to cool anything, no heat transfer is being

accomplished, so when power comes back the heat load on

CCW should be low, so an IMMEDIATE requirement will not

appeal to any of the applicants. This needs to be changed.

4.

Fix both sets of concerns.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

First issue was corrected, however, now we have numerous

reasons for doing this. Why only 2 in the 2 by 2 format.

2.

Second part of B is still not plausible. Needs to be fixed.

U

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

3.

Second part of second part of D needs to be replaced. Not

plausible.

4.

Use second part of C in B and then use the second part of A in

D. Then it will be sat until fixed remains unsat.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

Followed the above suggestion.

2.

Changed the order of distractors to have them look like the

other questions.

3.

Also changed the loss

SAT

23

F

2

S

071A1.06, Modified, Knowledge,

1.

In the stem, separate the wind direction from the speed. Make

wind speed a separate bullet.

2.

IS there a reason why the procedure that is governing the

release is not being identified? I think it should be in the stem.

3.

What is actually going to be provided to the applicants for the

reference? Is it just the SOP-119, Table A? IF so the reference

should be ok to be provided.

4.

Original question not provided.

5.

KA appears to match.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Question changed as requested, question SAT.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

SAT

24

F

2

X

U

039A1.05, New, Knowledge,

1.

KA speaks to Main and Reheat Steam and ability to predict and

or monitor changes in Tave (without exceeding design limits)

associated with operating the MRSS controls. What is the

design limit in this question? Could use the 547 and 543 to

make it a 2 by 2, but as it sits it does not match.

2.

Distractor C does not appear to be plausible due to system

alignment.

3.

Also distractor D does not seem plausible because this is

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

something that is done for Every Reactor trip.

4.

The main issue with the question is that it does not prevent

exceeding the limit. How is this tested with current question?

This needs to be changed to match the KA Ask Licensee.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

KA match addressed. Appears to match now.

2.

Change stem to add WOOTF based on the conditions

provided(this is a minor change to the modified question).

3.

Question as changed is satisfactory.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

Used above # 2.

2.

Added 1 and 2 in stem added to the distractors.

3.

Reworded the stem.

4.

SAT

25

F

2-3

E

061K6.02, Bank, Knowledge

1.

Simple1 line diagram not provided. Cannot validate where

valves are wrt the other valves. Dont have time to look up

every system.

2.

KA appears to match

3.

Is there a flow rate even associated with FCV 3546? Why

would anyone think this valve has a runout feature also? Ask

Licenee.

4.

The stem is too wordy. WOOTF completes the following

statement? Which one of the following .. Thats all that is

necessary.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Question changed as requested.

2.

Only one minor change, should the word RUNOUT be

identified in quotes as identified above? Not necessary but

want to ensure that the applicants do not miss this word.

3.

Otherwise appears to be satisfactory

Monday, October 17, 2011

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

Changed minor, see exam.

Sat.

26

F

2-3

S

078K1.01, Bank, Knowledge

1.

This KA was changed to have 1.03 vice 1.01, need to change

the header to reflect this when exam is built.

2.

KA appears to match

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Changed as requested, still satisfactory.

27

F

2

X

U

000026AK3.02, New, Knowledge,

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Distractors C and D, first part are not plausible. This makes this

questions unsat. We need to come up with something that

makes this question more plausible. Maximize the flow to the

RHR heat exchangers is not plausible. This is a basic system

knowledge to know that CCW flow would not increase during

the injection phase of an accident. This does not make sense

why anyone would pick this. How did the validation fare? Did

anyone choose this? Need to replace this with something more

plausible.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Change to question appears to be a better choice, question is

now considered satisfactory.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

Made minor changes.

2.

SAT

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

28

F

2-3

E

073K3.01, New, Knowledge.

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Distractors B and D, need to separate the other Valve and write

it like, A & B. The way it is written is like the procedure and you

could choose either valve. This does not work for that and

needs to be separated.

3.

How about swapping the second line in A and C and start with

the word ONLY. This will be consistent with B and C where

BOTH starts them off. Discuss with Licensee.

4.

What is the difference between XPB and PVB, are they

considered the same? Explain.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

ALL comments addressed

2.

Question is considered satisfactory

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

SAT NO changes.

S

29

H

2-3

E

2.3.11, Bank, Higher.

1.

Need to add to the stem the procedure the release is being

done under.

2.

It seems that there are a LOT of As for answers, we need to

look at the end of the exam and determine if we have too many

one or the other.

3.

Add another time prior to the answer and make the answer B,

something like 0300 on 10/3.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Do not understand the comment in the second submittal. I Still

want to add some time prior to 10/06 at 2330 that will be wrong

and will make answer B be the correct answer. There are WAY

to many As or add two times and make the answer C. Either

way, I would like to have an answer other than A.

2.

Still E, until discussed with licensee.

E

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

Changed to 0300 on 10/6.

2.

Bolded and highlighted without in the stem.

3.

Added additional quotes around tank letters and capitalized

Tank and Decay. See exam for the comments.

4.

SAT.

30

F

2

E

103K4.04, New, Knowledge

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Change door to airlock

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Understand requirements for airlock and airlock door or doors,

however, do not understand both AIRLOCKS vent valves. Have

licensee explain this concept.

2.

Otherwise appears to be Satisfactory.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

Sat no changes.

S

31

F

2

S

022A4.02, Bank,Higher

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Is the 2000 gpm minimum flow rate knowledge that the

operators are expected to memorize?

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Comment, the word MINIMUM does not follow the convention

used to identify other like aspects of what it is being identified.

For example, it seems that it should be small letters with bolding

and underlining minimum

2.

Otherwise appears to be satisfactory.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

Made minor changes. See exam.

2.

SAT

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

32

F

2

x

E

008A1.001,New,Knowledge

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

The stem of the first part of the question answers the second

part. You open the header when flow reaches the band.

Therefore, B and D distracters are not plausible.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Understand issue with typo in the stem.

2.

Question appears to be satisfactory.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

Sat as changed

2.

Minor changes see exam.

S

33

H

2

x

X

U

028AK2.03,Bank, Higher

1.

KA does not match. Not pressurizer level malfunction.

2.

A flow control valve that supplies a fluid to the system would

never throttle closed in response to a low level signal.

Distracters A and D are not plausible.

RSB

Agree this question is unsat, it does not match the ka, it does cover

controllers and positioners however, it does not cover anything with the

Pressurizer Level malfunction. While this covers level control it does not

match the intent of the KA.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Disagree with KA match, the question concerns itself with

charging flow now Pressurizer LEVEL malfunctions. Discuss

with M Meeks to get his view on this analysis. Until this is done,

this question remains unsatisfactory.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

New question has teaching in it. This is a failure of the

Controlling PZR level control

2.

This may need to be run on the simulator to see how long

3.

THIS QUESTION IS NOT CONSIDERED SAT TILL THIS IS

U

U?

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

RUN ON THE TABLE TOP SIMULATOR.

34

F

3

S

004A2.09, New, Knowledge

1.

KA appears to match.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

No changes, still satisfactory

S

35

F

2

X

E

007G2.4.18, New, Knowledge

1.

KA appears to match. .

2.

Distracters C. and D. are trivial during an EOP. If you have a

valid safety injection, the operator is not going to be concerned

about breaking or potentially breaking the rupture disks.

RSB

This question distractors C and D are not plausible. Above states exactly

why would anyone think that there was a reason to vent to the PRT during

a LOCA and SI. This does not make sense at all. Additionally, this would

make this question evaluation UNSAT since both C and D would be

considered not plausible.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Initially should have been analyzed as Unsatisfactory because it

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

had two distractors that were not plausible.

2.

Changed C only, appears to be ok.

3.

Question appears to be satisfactory.

Minor issue, change answer so that A is NOT the correct answer. Re

arrange to make C the correct answer to better distribute the answers

across A B and C and D.

Monday, October 17, 2011

1.

CHANGED AS REQUESTED. `

36

H

2

S

006A3.01, Bank, Higher

1.

KA appears to match.

Wednesday October 5, 2011

1.

Can third bullet be deleted? Based on Appendix E brief,

applicant should understand that automatic actions occurred

unless explicitly given otherwise.

2.

Verify with licensee shutoff head of RHR pumpsdistractor

analysis states that 350 psig is in RHR pressure band for decay

heat removal.

3.

Recommend adding Based on the given plant conditions to the

question statement to be clear to applicant about time frame of

questionbecause if time keeps moving, answer choice C will

also be correct. Q statement could say Based on the plant

conditions as given, which ONE (1) of the following.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Licensee implemented the suggestions above.

2.

Question is still SAT.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

37

H

2

X

E

036AA2.03, Bank, Higher

1.

KA appears to match. .

2.

Distracters C. and D. do not appear to be very plausible

considering the short time frame involved. Answer C might be

improved by being in a lowered inventory status. Answers D.

and C. are similar in that youre trying to imply fuel damage due

to inadequate cooling. Perhaps the 4th option could have

something to do with dry storage.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Distractor B is not plausible. Applicant can easily differentiate

between dropping a spent fuel assembly that has been

irradiated for hundreds of days vs. dropping a brand new fuel

assembly that hasnt been in the reactor core.

2.

Can distractor D be a correct answer? Ref. lesson plan GS-05

fig. GS5.3 flowpath from 6669 to 6674 to 6681 to SFP

purification pump to 6691 to RWST. What is the maximum

radiation field given whatever will be the height of spent fuel

pool water above the 6669 valve siphon?

3.

We dont need any information above the WOOTF statement

can be deleted.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Verified that D is NOT the answer.

2.

Changed B, validation

S

38

H

2

S

012K5.01, New Higher

1.

KA appears to match.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

E

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Need to bound the time frame that the question is askingfor

example, 5 seconds? 10 seconds? after the spray valve is open

and before the reactor trips.

2.

Also need to mention before any operator action?

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Made the question easier to read and identified the 1 and 2 in

stem and each distractor.

2.

Added Assume no operator action.

S

39

H

3

S

07A4.10, Modified, Higher

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

GFE type question.

3.

PRT Temperature is not required.

4.

If the Pressurizer Code Safety is leaking, which ONE (1) of the

following is the expected temperature as read on TI-465 (Use

Noun Name)?

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Check the correct answerusing steam tables and interpolation

should correct answer be 267 degrees F, not 260?

2.

Delete first and second bullets as unnecessary?

3.

Need to add approximate to the temperatures because some

people will use Mollier diagram and some will interpolate, etc..

E

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

For example, change Q statement to read as follows: If a

Pressurizer Code Safety valve is leaking, which ONE (1) of the

following is the expected approximate temperature as read.

4.

Distractor D is not plausiblerecommend to come up with

another wrong way to calculate an answer in the 200s range of

temperatures. Having a single distractor 327 degrees F too big

from three other answers is hard to believe.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Changed this as suggested.

2.

SAT

SAT

40

H

2

X

S

005 K6.03, Modified, Higher

1.

Sort of matches KA.

2.

Distracter D is weak. Why would anyone assume that the

temperature recorder measured HX outlet only.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

K/A match is weak, willing to accept.

2.

Q is OK as written.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

No changes. Ok as is.

41

H

2-3

S

041 K1.02, Modified, Higher

1.

KA appears to match.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Need to add that steam dumps are controlling in automatic

pressure mode to second bullet? Implied by correct answer but

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

E

not completely stated. added

2.

Inserting control rods is not plausible. In the power range

control rods ultimately control Tavg not reactor power. Every

other choice involves a manipulation of the secondary system.

Potential recommendation: Raising the setpoint on the STM

DUMP CNTRL potentiometer (clock).

3.

Is it necessary to add potentially to the question statement?

i.e. Which ONE (1) of the following actions would potentially

cause a swell in S/G level? I.e. what are effects of FRV

operation, etc.

4.

Need to provide current Tavg value in Q stem to make distractor

A. more plausible (i.e. would actual Tavg be greater than 5

degrees higher than no load, which would lead someone to

erroneously believe the steam dumps would open in Tavg

mode?)

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Changed as selected, see exam for changes.

2.

SAT

SAT

S

42

H

2-3

S

035 K6.01, Modified, Highe

r

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Correct answer uses similar thought process to 41.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

GFE question that examines same conceptsshrink vs. swell

as 41. Low discriminatory value/no tie to plant-specific

knowledge.

2.

Change distractor C. to Steam Generator B narrow range

level will decrease for parallelism with distractor B?

3.

How is this question operationally valid? If the reactor should

trip on an inadvertent MSIV closure, and it does not, operators

E

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

are in an ATWS/FR-S.1 situation and steam generator

parameters are irrelevant.

4.

Potential double jeopardy with previous Q (#40)applicant

could potentially get two Q wrong if applicant has a

misconception of shrink and swell phenomena.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Completely new question to avoid double jeopardy with steam

dumps. In 41.

SATISFACTORY

43

H

2

S

003 K5.04, New, Higher

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Not very discriminative. Just a GFE question.

Thursday, October 06, 2011

1.

How is it plausible to have higher steam flows with no change in

steam generator pressure, or to have higher steam generator

pressures with no change in steam flows? Need to discuss with

licensee, may be o.k. if validators missed?

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

sat

s

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

44

F

2

X

S

002 2.3.13, Modified, Knowledge

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

B and D are not plausible. Operators do not carry rad monitors.

3.

Specifically identify the procedure in which these requirements

exist.

RSB

The plausibility of B and D needs to be fixed. Operators do not normally

use rad monitors themselves. Do they use them at Summer? I doubt it,

see what we can do to identify a more plausible distractor.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

DISAGREE with licensee concerning that the second part of

distractors B and D are plausible.

2.

NORMALLY the individual does NOT have the radiation

monitoring device. The procedure does not allow an individual

go to by them self.

Change B and D to read: Must be accompanied by another operator who

radiation monitor qualified with a radiation monitor.

3.

How is 500 rads/hr plausible? How many system restoration

valve lineups (i.e. normal ops) take place in a room posted with

500 rad/hr fields?

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

CHANGED as requested.

2.

The change has generic terminology concerning rad qualified.

Need to change that

3.

Removed 500 rads

SATISFACTORY

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

45

F

2

X

U

001 2.1.31, Bank, Knowledge

KA does not match. KA discusses the ability to locate CR

switches and indications and determine if they correctly reflect

the desired plan lineup.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Question was replaced,

2.

KA appears to match

3.

With two protection channels failed high, you would not be in a

3.0.3 shutdown, the reactor would automatically trip. Question

as written is not operationally valid. In either case (whether the

Rx trips or not), what procedure would specifically direct

operation of PORV PCV-444B (i.e. to ensure a single correct

answer)?

4.

Recommend adding both to first bullet: have both failed

high.

5.

There are multiple switches on the CREP panelone is the

isolation switch and one is the switch to position the

valve/component. If Q is salvageable, the Q statement needs to

reflect this. Recommend: Which ONE (1) of the following

describes the location of the switch (or switches) that will be

used to control Pressurizer PORV PCV-444B and the correct

position of that switch (or switches), in accordance with AOP-??

?

6.

As written distractor A. is potentially correct, because those

should be the at-power positions of the switches at the CREP.

7.

Question is still U due to operational validity issues.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

NEW Question

2.

See exam for changes.

3.

SAT

S

46

F

2

S

003 2.1.2, Modified, Knowledge

KA appears to match.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

Thursday, October 06, 2011

1.

Recommend changing word ones to operators in the Q

statement, would say The NROATC and the CRS are the only

operators present in the Control Room.

2.

Otherwise Q looks SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

SAT

47

F

2

X

S or U

003 2.1.29, Bank, Knowledge

1.

Need to discuss if KA matches. If it matches question is SAT.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

This question does NOT match the KA. Just because you ask

the question associated with Component/Condition Verification ,

SAP 153, it does not match the KA. The question asked is

more of a radiation question.

2.

Ideas for questions associated with this KA, red tag procedure,

locked valve procedure, expectations associated with second

person verification.

3.

WHY should an RO know this from recognizing this value? One

could possibly identify that this is an SRO only knowledge.

It would be better to rewrite this question and hit the KA better associated

with valve line up.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

New question,

2.

Changed what was proposed.

3.

SAT

U

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

48

F

2-3

S

003 2.4.25, Modified, Knowledge

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

KA importance rating for 2.4.25 is only 3.3.

Wednesday, October 05, 2011

1.

Unsure as to WHY this question changed from the initial

submittal.

2.

UPON Further review, this question is considered UNSAT.

When in ANY procedures does the RO/SRO/BOP operate

DISCONNECT SWITCHES as Immediate operator actions.

3.

Changes made in green (2nd part of distractors) look o.k. and

are plausible given AOP-600.1 knowledge of the RO in-plant

JPM i (where leaving one RCP running was a critical step).

The issue with the Q is that tripping the Reactor is such a strong

correct choice as an immediate operator action that it may be

hard to develop a second choice that is technically incorrect

(when viewed against Rx trip) and plausible.

4.

K/A covers all aspects of fire protection procedures, does not

necessarily need to cover immediate actions of FEP-4.0.

5.

Q is U due to two non-plausible distractors.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Chose to use disconnects for IPV-445a and b and C. BOP does

not trip the reactor. Rx trip is a duty of the RO. \\

2.

Changes are sat

3.

Question is sat

SAT

U

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

49

F

2-3

X

E

003 2.4.34, Modified, Knowledge

1.

KA does NOT fully match. Need to discuss tasks AND

resultant operational effects.

Thursday, October 06, 2011

1.

K/A is now met with the changes as made.

2.

Q now looks SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

SATISFACTORY.

S

50

F

3

S

086 K3.01, Modified, Knowledge

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Supplied documentation does not fully support basis for correct

answer or distracters. Distracters appear valid based on limited

documentation.

Thursday, October 06, 2011

1.

Questions 48, 49, and 50 all deal with FEP-4.0 and may present

a potential double jeopardy for an applicant. For example, if

an applicant has a misconception that train A is used during

FEP-4.0 rather than train B the applicant may get both 49 and

50 wrong. Recommend licensee and chief examiner discuss to

determine if this is acceptable.

2.

Need to bound the time frame of actions performed within the

scope of the Qspecifically, the attachments of FEP-4.0 specify

that actions to black out the A ESF train and start turbine-

driven EFW pump need to be completed within 30 minutes.

This needs to be reflected in the Q stem. Potential fix to last

E

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

bullet: It has been 45 minutes (note to licensee: pick a

technically correct time here, 35 min? 40 min? 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />?)

since the crew began implementing FEP-4.0 CONTROL ROOM

EVACUATION DUE TO FIRE.

3.

If double jeopardy issues resolved to satisfaction, Q should be

o.k. with changes as recommended.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

BOUNDED THE TIME TO BE 45 min, all actions should be

done by 30 minutes.

2.

Changed as requested. See exam for changes

3.

Question is SAT.

SAT

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

51

H

3

S

003 2.4.31, New, Higher

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Last bullet on given information does not appear to have any

value.

Thursday, October 06, 2011

1.

K/A is met.

2.

Distractor D is not plausible as written. The combination of

leaving the RCPs running, in combination with a loss of all seal

cooling, does not make any sense. However, changing

distractor D in a 2x2 format means that other aspects of the Q

also have to change.

3.

Potential recommendation:

Initial plant conditions:

-100% power

Current plant conditions:

-XCP-612 pt 4, PHASE B ISOL, alarms

-RB Spray pumps A and B are NOT running

-RB pressure is 0.4 psig and stable

-all phase B automatic actions have occurred

Based on the current conditions, which ONE (1) of the following

states how RCPs should be operated, in accordance with ARP-

001-XCP-612 for PHASE B ISOL; AND what is the status of

RCP seal cooling?

A. Trip all RCPs immediately.

Seal cooling still exists.

B. Trip all RCPs immediately.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

E

All seal cooling has been lost.

C. RCP operation may continue as long as parameters remain

within limits as displayed on IPCS ZZRCPBRG.

Seal cooling still exists.

D. RCP operation may continue as long as parameters remain

within limits as displayed on IPCS ZZRCPBRG.

All seal cooling has been lost.

4.

Note: the reason it would not be recommended to simply insert

the above first part of C. and D. into the Q as written now, is the

LOCA in progress. Specifically, RCP trip criteria is so well-

known that if the LOCA progresses to the point that a valid

phase B occurs, it is much less plausible to keep the RCPs

running. I.e., if the LOCA started out as a small enough

SBLOCA that we didnt have to trip RCPs on the first pass

through EOP-1.0/EOP-2.0, now the LOCA has gotten so big

theres 12 psig into the RBso the operators will be thinking

shut down the RCPs even without the phase B actuation.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Made the question into 2 by 2, good

2.

SAT

SAT

S

52

H

2-3

S

002 G2.2.44, New, Higher

KA appears to match.

Thursday, October 06, 2011

1.

Second part of distractors A. and C. are weak, because no

RWST level to be worried about is provided in the Q stem.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

E

2.

Recommendation: keep the distractors as shown, modify the Q

statement to read something like

Given the following plant conditions:

-The crew is responding to a Faulted Steam Generator (S/G)

-The S/G has blown dry

-The crew has transitioned to EOP-1.2, SI TERMINATION

-RCS pressure is increasing

-RWST level is 40% and slowly decreasing (licensee verify a

good RWST level at this point)

-A charging pump is running

-The crew has just secured the B charging pump

Based on the given conditions, which ONE (1) of the following is

the next required action, in accordance with EOP-1.2; AND why

a reduction in SI flow should be done expeditiously?

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Changed this to have just RWST is decreasing.

2.

SAT

S

53

H

2-3

S

002 K5.14, New, Higher

KA appears to match.

Thursday, October 06, 2011

1.

Potential issue is that the electronic references for EOP-4.0 rev

20 do not seem to have any steps that put in aux spray at steps

22 and 23 of EOP-4.0 (where the operators depressurize the

RCS to refill pressurizer). However, there is a step at EOP-4.0

22.c.2) that closes PVT-8125? When would this valve ever be

opened before this point in EOP-4.0? Is this a potential

procedural error? Discuss with licensee.

2.

This Q has overlap with a simulator JPMapplicants will be

very familiar with steps 22 and 23 of EOP-4.0.

3.

How is it plausible to put in aux spray if EOP-4.0 does not list

that as an option at steps 22/23?

E

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

4.

Potential fix: put the operators in EOP-4.2 (i.e. step 27) in the

fifth bullet of the Q stem. Maybe say something like the

operators are at the step to depressurize the RCS to reduce

break flow in EOP-4.2, SGTR WITH LOSS Does the Q still

work thencheck with licensee? Since there is a chance to use

aux spray in this procedure (EOP-4.2 vs. EOP-4.0), the

plausibility issues are enhanced.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Changed the starting point to EOP 4.2 at step 27.

SATIFSACTORY

54

H

2

S

003 EA2.04, New, Higher

KA appears to match.

Thursday, October 06, 2011

1.

Need to discuss with licensee the potential for first part of A. and

C. to be correctpotential for C. to also be true. The provided

distractor analysis for A. or C. does not discuss why primary to

secondary leak flow has decreased is incorrect.

2.

If first part of A. and C. can be shown to be incorrect, Q should

be SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

SAT.

2.

55

F

2

S

002 EK1.3, Bank, Knowledge

KA appears to match.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

E

Thursday, October 06, 2011

1.

Q is low discriminatory value, operators who saw the EOP-2.5

simulator scenario (and resulting simulator freeze issue) will

be very familiar with this Q and the correct answer.

2.

Distractor C. is not plausible. Is there any procedure in the

Westinghouse EOP network where SI flow rates are used as

parameters? Recommend modifying C. to be RCS subcooling

3.

Q should be o.k. with modification.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Fixed distractor C

2.

SAT

3.

S

56

F

2

S

009 EK1.02, New, Knowledge

KA appears to match

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

If the S/Gs are dry, answer choices to stop removing heat may

be correct. Need to add S/G levels to stem of Q to ensure RCS-

to-S/Gs coupled in order for reflux boiling to occur? Maybe add

a bullet to state: All S/G narrow range levels are approximately

50% and stable.

2.

Steam binding is a phenomena normally associated with

pumps, not U-tube S/Gs, making the second part changes to A.

and B. suspect. Recommend stop removing heat due to

interruption of natural circulation. Ensure not too much

overlap/potential double jeopardy with Q 53.

3.

The time frame is also important in this Q, because if the hot

legs are completely voided would reflux boiling be able to

occur? Recommend modification to second Q statement as

follows: After RCS level decreases to the point that steam

voiding has just begun to occur in the RCS hot leg.

Friday, October 14, 2011

E

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

1.

Added all the recommendations.

2.

SAT

57

H

2

E

KA appears to match

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Potential overlap with Q 52, ensure were not putting the

applicant in too much double jeopardy. Should be o.k.

2.

The fact that every distractor except C. deals with Both RHR

pumps gives it weak plausibility. Recommend either changing

C. to Both RHR pumps were stopped to conserve RWST

inventory, or potentially changing B. to read something like

ONE (1) RHR pump was stopped to align to charging pump

suction, if you want to keep C. as writtenthis will improve the

parallelism of the Q.

3.

Recommend adding in accordance with EOP-2.0 LOSS OF

REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT to the end of the

WOOTF statement to clearly identify the source of the correct

answer.

Friday, October 14, 2011

Satisfactory,

S

58

H

2

E

004 A2.01, Higher, New

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Question uses much of the same information required to answer

question 57.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Q looks SAT.

SAT

59

H

2

X

E

003 A1.2, Higher, New

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

For the choices give, 5% power level could never be wrong. It

is more severe than IR SUR positive, therefore without knowing

anything else, if the SUR answer led to a red path, then the

power range answer must too.

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Q still has a potential subset issue/multiple correct answers,

because if Intermediate Range SUR is positive, wouldnt Source

Range SUR be positive as well?

2.

Recommend modifying the Q statement as follows: WOOTF

and the lowest Intermediate Range SUR indication that will

result in an ORANGE path on the Subcriticality critical safety

function, in accordance with EOP-12.0, MONITORING OF

CRITICAL SAFETY FUNCTIONS?

A. End of Life

0.1 DPM and stable

B. End of Life

0.2 DPM and stable

C. Beginning of Life

0.1 DPM and stable

D. Beginning of Life

0.2 DPM and stable

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Used recommendation.

2.

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

60

F

3

E

E13 EK3.4, Knowledge, Bank

KA appears to match

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

This Q has overlap issues with SRO Q 94.

2.

Need to understand the impact of the loss of instrument air

header pressurehas it been long enough to bleed down MSIV

accumulators and close all MSIVs? Issue is that if the

condenser is available, then EOP-15.1 step 8 alternate action

would first have the operator locally operate steam dump valves

before attempting to locally operate SG PORVs.

3.

Distractor C is not plausible. Common knowledge that TDEFW

pump has steam line sources from B & C S/Gs, not the A S/G. If

the overlap issues can be resolved and it made clear that it has

been a long-term loss of instrument air, changing distractor C. to

say Locally operate steam dump valves in all condenser

sections to reduce affected SG pressure, may be a plausible

candidate for replacing C.

4.

Should delete based upon a yellow condition on the Heat

Sink CSF status tree as teaching in the stem; you can only get

to EOP-15.1 on a yellow path.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Changed no overlap issue.

2.

MSIVs no accumulators

3.

Removed teaching from the stem.

4.

In C removed in each condenser section. To each condenser

like the procedure.

SAT

S

61

F

2

S

W/E15 EA1.3 get this from here.

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Distractor B. is a subset of correct answer A. A faulted SG

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

inside containment would be one of the unexpected sources of

water. Therefore B. is a non-plausible distractor.

2.

Potential recommendation for B.: Evaluate ECCS system

status to determine strategy to transition to cold and hot leg

injection. to play off distractor D.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Changed B to look like D.

SATISFACTORY

62

H

2-3

E

022 G2.4.11, Higher, Modified

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Using the word Immediately implies immediate action. Instead

suggest using which step will the AOP require first?

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Q was modified as requested in first 401-9.

2.

Q is of low discriminatory value, but acceptable.

3.

Q now appears SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

SAT

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

63

F

2

X

E

00024AK1.01 need to get this one from file.

003 AK1.01, Knowledge, New

1.

KA slightly matches.

2.

The question is NOT very discriminating. The candidates really

do not need to understand the operational impact of the loss of

RHR, the just need to know the max pressure and temperature

that it can be put in service. A better question might put them

outside one of the limits and have them determine that they

cannot put it in service until they restore the parameter.

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Q was modified as requested in first 401-9.

2.

Could be acceptable Q if source is provided for correct

answeri.e. design limits based on what document?

Westinghouse Design Basis Document for RHR system? VC

Summer FSAR? Etc. Once source is specified, recommend

listing it as an in accordance with at the end of WOOTF

statement.

3.

Q may be o.k. with modifications as requested

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Changed question based on the comment from NRC.

S

64

F

2-3

S

076 K3.05,Knowledge, New

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Answer is logical. Does not appear to be adequate procedural

documentation to ensure only one correct answer. How long is

RCS temperature expected to remain stable?

Friday, October 07, 2011

E

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

1.

Distractor B is non-plausible. How would the condenser still be

available? Recommend slight modification to read: Dump

steam using S/G PORVs.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Version two uses SG PORVs.

2.

Changed B to use MDAFW to feel one SG and use that S/G to

depressurization.

65

F

3

X

E

065 AA1.03, Knowledge, New

1.

KA sort of matches.

2.

KA is asking how to operate equipment when air is restored. In

other words, what do you need to do prior to restoring air to

ensure you dont damage the plant or cause another transient

when you restore air. Valve switches may be placed in hard

open or closed (or gagged open or closed) to prevent

repositioning upon air restoration. This question appears to be

written from a standpoint of operating without air vice operating

while restoring air.

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Q was modified as requested in initial 401-9.

2.

Q now looks SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

Validation identified that it was a gaging handwheel so had to change the

stem to a valve that needed to be ungagged.

S

S

66

F

2

X

E

079 A4.01, Higher, New

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Answer C is NOT plausible. Why would service air isolate

before the backup compressor started?

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Q modified as requested in initial 401-9.

2.

Q now looks SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Not higher level of knowledge otherwise ok.

2.

SAT

S

67

F

2-3

S

059 G2.4.11, Higher, Bank

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Consider asking which AOP would they enter and what is the

first action that would be taken.

3.

Is it certain that manually controlling all three FRVs cannot

cause SG levels to rise?

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Distractor A. is still potentially correct. For the given plant

conditions, operators would meet entry conditions for AOP-

210.1 and A. is the first immediate operator action of AOP-

210.1. Also, use of the word all in distractor A. is a giveaway

word.

2.

If agreement can be reached that A. is clearly technically

incorrect, recommend changing A. to read take feed reg. valves

to manual for the affected S/Gs.

3.

If A. is not clearly incorrect, recommend development of new

distractor to replace A. Would it be plausible to start additional

condensate pumps or feedwater booster pumps?

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Changed A to start feed water booster pump.

2.

Changed the stem . see final exam for changes.

3.

Sat

SAT

E

S

68

H

3

S

077 AK3.02, Higher, New

1.

KA appears to match.

Friday, October 07, 2011

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

1.

Unsure about higher cognitive, Q can be answered via simple

recall of AOP-301.1 CAUTION/first step. Should be

Fundamental LOK.

2.

Recommend adding Based on the given conditions, to the

WOOTF statement.

3.

Otherwise Q looks SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

SAT

SAT

69

F

2

E

059 AK1.01, Knowledge, New

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

If this is knowledge that the operators are expected to

memorize, it is OK. However it is not very discriminating.

Specific to plant.

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

What microcuries/gm setpoint would correspond to a full

Condensate Storage Tank? i.e. check to ensure A. and B. are

incorrect.

2.

As mentioned in first 401-9, not very discriminating; however, if

above concern is resolved Q should be SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

SAT as is, need to know spec.

SAT

S

70

F

2

S

058 G2.2.36 Higher, New

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Memorization. No higher level ability required.

3.

Not very discriminating. Any person knowledgeable of PWR

operations could answer.

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Q should be SAT.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

Friday, October 14, 2011

sat

71

F

2

X

S

003 3.01, Higher, New

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Stopping dilution within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> is part of the material below the

line. ROs do not need to know this information. This makes

these distracters very weak. Recommend using be in cold

shutdown within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> as a better distracter.

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Potential subset issueif second part of distracters B. and D.

were correct, second part of distracters A. and C. are also

correct.

2.

Also need to add with no operator action to the Q statement?

Because FCV-122 is in MANUAL

3.

Potential fix for this issue would be to change WOOTF

statement to read: Which ONE(1) of the following describes an

expected parameter trend if the running RHR pump trips with no

other operator actions, and the required action as stated in

Technical Specifications?

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Fixed the subset issues.

2.

Added with no operator actions to the stem.

SATISFACTORY

E

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

72

F

2

U

017 AK2.10, Knowledge, New

1.

KA matches somewhat.

2.

Memorization. No higher level ability required.

3.

Not very discriminating. Memorization of the trip setpoint and a

basic understanding of reactor physics that any nuclear

professional should have.

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

This Q has multiple subset issues. As written D. is a potentially

correct answer along with C. Second part of A. and B. are not

plausible because they would allow operators to restart a RCP

at 100% power (current MODE is MODE 1), and because if the

second part of A. and B. are true, then the second part of C. and

D. are also true.

2.

311 degrees is also not plausible because its too highseal

return would be superheated at this temp? (return flow at VCT

pressure?)

3.

Q as written is UNSAT due to the above issues.

4.

Potential fix/recommendation: (delete the Given and the

bullets)

In accordance with SOP-101, REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM, which

ONE (1) of the following correctly identifies:

1) The lowest seal water outlet temperature at which a RCP must be

stopped.

2) The highest MODE in which a RCP can be restarted after the cause of

the high temperature is corrected?

A. 1) 195 F

2) MODE 3

B. 1) 195 F

2) MODE 4

C. 1) 235 F

2) MODE 3

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

D. 1) 235 F

2) MODE 4

Friday, October 14, 2011

Followed all recommendations.

SAT

73

H

2

X

S

003 AK1.21 Higher, New

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Not very discriminating. Bases for the plausibility of AFD being

within the band is that the candidate must know that the

surveillance requires 2/4 to be outside the band to be

considered outside the band. Given that it is easy to see that

two NIs are outside the band, the average person with no

knowledge would declare it out. A more discriminating question

would have three inside and one outside.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

E

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Q was not changed given the recommendation of the first 401-9.

As written, first part of Q is essentially a direct look-up on the

100% power line (points given on the provided reference).

Therefore, with two values outside the acceptable region,

plausibility of first part of A. and C. is weak.

2.

Recommend changes to delta flux indications as follows:

Before the Drop After the drop

N41 -4.4% -3.6%

N42 -4.4% -5.7%

N43 -4.4% -9.1%

N44 -4.4% -6.8%

3.

Recommend changing the second half of the Q statement to

The BOP is required to maintain Tavg within a maximum of

_____ of Tref, in accordance with AOP-403.5, STUCK OR

MISALIGNED CONTROL ROD.

4.

If the above changes are made, C. is the new correct answer.

5.

Q should be ok with modifications.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Sat as changed, it is a little different but ok

74

F

2

S

2.2.35, Knowledge, New

KA appears to match

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

K_eff values up to 0.99 are not plausible. How could you ever

refuel at that value? Recommend making one first part choice

E

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

less than or equal to 0.90 and the other less than or equal to

0.95 Temperature choices in the 2x2 are ok.

2.

Another potential enhancement to WOOTF statement: WOOTF

that can exist when the first Rx Vessel head bolt is

detensioned in accordance with Technical Specifications?

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Changed from 0.99 to 0.90, changed less than or equal to .

2.

75

F

3

S

003 2.2.37, Knowledge, Bank

1.

KA appears to match.

2.

Memorization. Plant specific.

Friday, October 07, 2011

1.

Q appears to be SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

S

SRO ONLY Questions

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

76

H

3

E

017 AK2.10, Knowledge, New

4.

KA matches somewhat.

5.

Memorization. No higher level ability required.

6.

Not very discriminating. Memorization of the trip setpoint and a

basic understanding of reactor physics that any nuclear

professional should have.

Friday, October 07, 2011

5.

This Q has multiple subset issues. As written D. is a potentially

correct answer along with C. Second part of A. and B. are not

plausible because they would allow operators to restart a RCP

at 100% power (current MODE is MODE 1), and because if the

second part of A. and B. are true, then the second part of C. and

D. are also true.

6.

311 degrees is also not plausible because its too highseal

return would be superheated at this temp? (return flow at VCT

pressure?)

7.

Q as written is UNSAT due to the above issues.

8.

Potential fix/recommendation: (delete the Given and the

bullets)

In accordance with SOP-101, REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM, which

ONE (1) of the following correctly identifies:

1) The lowest seal water outlet temperature at which a RCP must be

stopped.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

2) The highest MODE in which a RCP can be restarted after the cause of

the high temperature is corrected?

A. 1) 195 F

2) MODE 3

B. 1) 195 F

2) MODE 4

C. 1) 235 F

2) MODE 3

D. 1) 235 F

2) MODE 4

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

77

H

2

X

U

W/E16G2.4.30, New, Higher,

1.

Depending on the other questions, the reference provided

should be the entire EAL matrix. This way the applicant at least

has to find the section necessary to answer the question. IF

ONLY the page that is associated with each question is

provided then the question becomes a look up for only that item

on that page. Suggest the entire EAL Matrix be provided,

unless it helps answer other questions on the exam (RO or

SRO)

2.

An event occurred that increased (raised) the readings Not

sure it is necessary to say significant. Also, reading should be

plural, readings. And at the end of the second bullet add the

word respectively.

3.

KA does not match, reporting to agencies internal or external,

not done, only classification is done. Not notification. Repair or

replace

Wednesday, September 28, 2011

1.

1. Replacement question. New Lower,

2.

Distractors C is NOT plausible, the stem of the question does

not provide any substantive information concerning the

information that would require the identification of offsite dose

projections. While the question analysis states that the INITIAL

notification does not require the offsite dose projection, the

question in the stem does not provide any information that

would be used to do this. Additionally, the stem states offsite

radiation is normal.

3.

Distractor D is NOT plausible.

This new question still warrants an evaluation of a U.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Changed to a 2 by 2 format.

U

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

U

2.

Event prognosis and estimated release duration was used.

3.

Stem has a radiation monitor that needs to be changed

because there is a 309 that needs to be removed from the rad

monitorl RMG-7 needs to be changed. *****

4.

Fission product matrix is used.

5.

PM states remove the 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. Added note to the make sure

that the ED JUDGEMENT is NOT used.

6.

            • still have to ensure that RMG-7 nomenclature is corrected.

78

F

2

X

U

G2.2.25, New, Lower,

1.

Distractors with run out are not plausible A and C. This is a

system knowledge item that is covered by everyone, not just

SRO knowledge.

2.

The 13 gpm value listed in the question in C and D are also not

valid. In that, what or where does this number come up that

would cause the operators to think it is plausible? Additionally,

what did the results of the validation see for this question?

Anyone pick anything but the correct answer? Did anyone pick

D? or C? If not these most likely are not valid answers and not

plausible.

3.

Asked G. Laska concerning the evaluation of the question. He

agrees.

Thursday, September 29, 2011

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

1.

Question was UNCHANGED. The above evaluation still is

valid.

Question is still a U.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

The new question still has subset issues. B and D can be

also correct. Subset issues. Changes to this are

necessary so it is bounded.

2.

Change maximum of 33 and a maximum of 39. This was

changed during this meeting.

3.

JL asks what part is the SRO?

4.

Had to change to maximum of vice less than. This

included a less than 13 which would also be 33 gpm.

5.

Also changed distracters to add during the design basis

LOCA.

6.

Changed pump to RCP.

Question is satisfactory.

79

H

2

X

U

000062AA2.03, New, Higher,

1.

In the stem of the question, the A EDG is listed this way and A

EDG. With or without quotes. Pick a standard for all questions

and do it the same.

2.

This information while in the basis of TSs, is not SRO ONLY

knowledge.

3.

Question needs to be re-written to be at SRO level.

4.

Verified with G. Laska to ensure it was NOT SRO ONLY, he

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

agrees.

Thursday, September 29, 2011

1.

Replacement question. New Lower.

2.

Attempting is misspelled in the last bullet in the stem.

3.

Suggest to put a comma after the first line in each distractor,

this will separate the answers

4.

KA appears to match

5.

Otherwise, this appears to be OK.


-How is Q lower cognitive? Should be higher cog based on

evaluation of plant conditions, operability call required, etc.?

Thursday, October 13, 2011

SATISFACTORY

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

80

H

2-3

U

00025AA2.04, New, Higher,

1.

Use of period in bulleted area, one has all rest do not have

periods

2.

Question is NOT SRO ONLY. Systems knowledge can answer

this without any knowledge of the procedure.

3.

The procedure is provided so the SRO does not have to identify

what procedure to handle this in.

4.

The PZR level is not described sufficiently, uncontrollably, is not

good enough to evaluate.

5.

The stem TELLS the applicant that there is an indication of a

LOSS of inventory. Why not use that instead of teaching that.

Dont tell the applicant what is going on.

6.

G. Laska reviewed for verification of NOT SRO ONLY, he

agrees.

7.

KA appears to match.

Thursday, September 29, 2011

1.

NEW, LOWER, current question was MODIFIED from 45 day

submittal.

2.

Question should NOT ask how operators would use, but how

the SRO would direct! This would be a better indication of what

we are asking the applicant to figure out. Discuss this with

licensee. This is an enhancement.

3.

This question while closer to the requirements of an SRO

question is low level.

4.

KA appears to match, not really close but close enough.

5.

The question appears to be more common sense and can be

answered with that. The first part is basic knowledge. The

subcooling is decreasing and this will need to be fixed by being

in the injection mode.

6.

Why would anyone select distractors C and D with LOCA

OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT? This does not seem plausible.

Discuss with the licensee. WHY would an applicant pick these?

7.

In the analysis, it is stated that EOP 2.5 will NOT be entered

from mode 4. Need to understand this and why it is plausible.

8.

Matches KA

9.

Still considered a U because of the procedure selected.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

U

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

1.

New question

2.

Changed wording of initial conditions.

3.

Changed PZR level that has level go from 60 to 30 in the

time frame and do they enter 112.2, loca during mode 4.

4.

Leak needs to be greater than the capacity of the CCP.

Does the 60 to 30 do this?

5.

Changed the time to 0415,

81

H

2-3

U

086A2.01, New, Higher,

1.

Question is trivial.

2.

Question can be salvaged by, removing in the stem not reset in

the second bullet. It should read the pump has been shutdown

and the (whatever the switch is called is ) either OFF. Do not

say it was reset.

3.

This question is not SRO ONLY. The only part is the timeframe

for which to return to operability.

4.

What is the difference between a roving fire watch or a

continuous fire watch? I believe they are the same.

5.

Discussed with BC M. Widmann and G. Laska both believe the

question is NOT SRO ONLY.

Thursday, September 29, 2011

1.

The licensee changed the question as discussed in # 2 above.

However, the information provided does not appear to be

correct. How is the switch labeled? Is there an AUTO position

on the switch? If there is, then the switch was taken from the

AUTO to OFF/RESET. Not the ON position. Discuss with

licensee.

2.

The distractors A and B are not credible. Why would anyone

that is trained call something OPERABLE and then have a

compensatory measure for it being OPERABLE.

3.

Discuss with licensee

Thursday, October 13, 2011

New question and will be discussed later,

U

??

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

Also, MM provided a NEW KA

Friday, October 14, 2011

New ka provided by MM.

0002A2.04

New question is SAT. See exam for new test item.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

82

H

3

U

000007EG2.4.34, New, Higher,

1.

Need to add the noun name of procedure AOP-600.01,

2.

NOT SRO ONLY, this question requires an operator to

determine if when transferring control of a pump to the Control

Room Evacuation Panel (CREP) is Operable or Inoperable.

This knowledge is not just the SROs in this case. The RO is

taught this and should know this for control of the pump as well

as if it was not swapped to the local area for control.

3.

The second part of the question concerns itself with the

requirement of starting room coolers when starting equipment.

This is a system requirement and the RO is taught this also to

prevent failure of the equipment.

4.

KA does NOT match. The KA was supposed to be written

during a situation of Reactor-Trip Stabilization and Recovery,

performed OUTSIDE the MCR during an emergency and the

resultant operational effects. While this is OUTSIDE the control

room it is not during a reactor trip.

Thursday, September 29, 2011

1.

This question was inserted into the examination at this point.

000007EG2.4.34, New, Higher, is the new question 7 or SRO

82 this questions was the # 9 in the first submittal.

2.

AOP 600.1 at step 6 states

6 Attempt to start the Diesel Generator by depressing the ENGINE SHUT

DOWN RESET Pushbutton

Is this the step the analysis is talking about? Will this work in

this case? Ask licensee to explain how this works.

Stem of the question should ask what procedure to use and then what

action the procedure should direct. For example, the answer should now

read: AOP 600.1, Control Room Evacuation, start the B EDG. Now the

stem does not identify the procedure is being asked. It starts with the

action then a procedure. Also, it does not identify where the operator is

going to operate MVT-8104. Discuss with licensee. Enhancements-------


Additional comments

on 007EG2.4.34 as submitted in 2011 NRC SRO Test 2nd

Submittal

-need to ensure operators are in correct procedurecould A be

correct? Or, once B EDG is started as per choice D, based on the

note before steps 12-19 of AOP-600.1 would A not also be correct?

-stem should probably state reason why control room was

evacuated, otherwise FEP-4.0 could be the right procedure.

-not sure about operational validityfrom AOP-600.1 step 12.d.

Alernative Action, wouldnt operator emergency borate with AOP-

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

U

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

83

OLD

H

2-3

X

U

063A2.02, New, Higher,

1.

KA does NOT match. The second part of the KA was not

tested. It is required to test the (b) part of the KA when there is

a two part KA. The (b) part required the question be written to

use procedures to correct, control or mitigate. This question

does not do this. This question only identifies the generation of

Hydrogen or Sulphuric acid vapors. Has nothing to do with

procedure that will correct etc. .This makes this question unsat.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

SAT

At this point, the licensee submitted the Second submittal. This second submittal the numbers and KAs for each question was changed. Not sure why. As licensee why this was done.

Starting with question 82 the KAs were swapped.

83

NEW

H

2

S

063A2.02

Thursday, September 29, 2011

1.

KA 063A2.02, was number 10 in submittal # 1, (S1) now it is

question number 8 in Submittal # 2 (S2)

2.

S1 it was higher new and now it is lower new.

3.

In stem put quotes around XVA1A and commas as appropriate.

i.e. A charge of A Battery, XBA1A, is in progress. This will

make this read better.

4.

KA appears to match

5.

The stem is a little confusing concerning the lifting of the lead

and then the requirement to continue or recommence the

charge. Has the charge ever been stopped because of the fans

being found off? Ask licensee if this is important or not.

6.

Otherwise appears to be ok.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Changed 14 days to 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br />. 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br />,

nuisance annunciators, can open a link from 48

to extend the open to 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br />. What was

wrong with 14 days. Operations does nothing in

14 days.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

2.

Changed back to 14 days.

SAT QUESTION.

84

H

3

X

E

012A2.01, New, Higher, Summer

Thursday, September 29, 2011

Question was changed from S1

1.

Distractor D identifies just to SHUT down the reactor, however,

A and B identify to be in HOT STANBY, this keys the applicant

that D is not totally correct, in that, the MODE is NOT listed. I

believe that this makes this distractor not plausible.

2.

For distractor A and B, is this plant terminology, Initiate

Measures . Prepare for plant shutdown by XXXX to Hot

Standby by XXX.

3.

When the stem states asks for the MINIMUM action, does that

mean the shortest action? Discuss with the licensee.

4.

KA appears to match, this is a TS question, need to make sure

that we do not have too many for the A2 KAs.

5.

The distractors could be made such that the first two have the

BS trip times added to the end of the statements and then have

the opposite where the BS are tripped as in Distractor D and

then have the reactor down power done to hot standby. This

would alleviate the unsymmetrical distractor part of C. Discuss

with licensee.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

NEW FORMAT and 2 x 2 question.

2.

SAT

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

85

H

3

X

U

Thursday, September 29, 2011

039G2.4.11, New, Higher,

1.

Question was NOT changed from S1 to S2.

2.

Question concerns itself with TS evaluation. We need to be

careful with the use of TS questions. There were a lot before

and we may exceed or emphasis on TSs.

3.

This question, needs a reference because it is greater than an

hour. If the reference is presented, then the question as is

written this would make it a direct look up. This makes the

questions unacceptable.

4.

Main and reheat steam, could have used ARPs and maybe with

a PORV that had failed open, maybe there could have been a

reportability call to make, i.e. an SRO ONLY type question.

How long, who to call.

5.

As the question is not Sat because of the call of TS greater than

1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, information not required to be memorized by operators.

6.

Also in the stem could shorten action or actions by using

action(s).

IF the licensee validates that this knowledge is REQUIRED for the SRO,

then this question could be Satisfactory. Discuss with licensee.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

NEW question, suggested by MM.

2.

New question will require TS 3.7.1.2, 78 hours9.027778e-4 days <br />0.0217 hours <br />1.289683e-4 weeks <br />2.9679e-5 months <br />, 3 days plus

6.

3.

REFERENCE will be provided.

SAT

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

86

H

2

U

00027AA2.01, New, Higher,

Thursday, September 29, 2011

1.

Question was re-written from S1 to S2. Minor changes to make

consistent with other questions.

2.

Analysis of the answer A states procedure step 10 a. however

in EOP 1-2, this step is not the requirement for subcooling

margin being greater than 52.2 F. This is in the foldout page but

not in step 10a. Have licensee identify where this comes from.

3.

Do not understand What the stem is asking, PZR level greater

than the SI termination criterion is expected for this event and

whether other conditions are met to transfer to EOP 1.2. have

the licensee explain what this is asking.

4.

KA appears to match question


Additional comments on 027AA2.01 as submitted in 2011 NRC

SRO Test 2nd Submittal

-not sure about SRO-only match on procedure selection, operators

are not selecting a procedure but only staying in current

procedure. Would it be better to ask expected procedural flowpath

(i.e. E-1 to ES-1.2, then ES-1.3) or give four-choices of procedures

with some additional info in stem? E.g. choose between staying in

E-1, going to ES-1.2, going to ES-1.1, or going to ES-1.3 (WOG

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

designators). Otherwise Q is potential RO-level knowledge of SI

Termination criteria (e.g. subcooling value is foldout page item).

-careful about teaching in answer choicessubcooling is too low

should be subcooling not met, etc.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Replaced.

2.

Replacement ok.

SAT

87

H

3

S

000056EA2.06, New, Higher,

Thursday, September 29, 2011

1.

This question is the new number 12, but corresponds to the old

  1. 15.

2.

Question was made into a two part question/answer.

3.

Question appears to be ok.

4.

KA appears to match

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Changed the graphic from 5% to 2%. Changed this because as

soon as the SI pump is started it would or could be secured.

SAT.

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

88

H

3

E

076A2.01, New Higher

Monday, October 03, 2011

1.

In the stem of the question, the Loop is identified with

parenthesis. However, the last bullet the A train, should be the

same A train. Also there is one extra space in the last bullet

between Pump and is.

2.

SW is not defined until the first question.

3.

In the second question in the stem there is a missing period.

4.

The First question, should not be an AN, it should be an A.

Would recommend that this be re written to something like:

Due to the A Service Water pump failure this

caused the ..

5.

What is the status of the C Service Water pump at this time?

Per the figure provided for the start logic (Figure IB1.6),

shouldnt the C service water pump auto-start on low header

pressure? If the pump is running, the answer choices may be

different.

6.

As currently written, first part of distracters C. and D. are weak.

Recommend changing first part of C. and D. to The A Motor-

Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump is OPERABLE.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Rewrote question in 2X 2

2.

Appears to do all the above,

SAT.

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

89

H

3

X

U

K/A 103G2.4.18

NEW HIGHER

Monday, October 03, 2011

1.

Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.

2.

Q statement needs to specifically reference the EOP; for

example, Which ONE (1) of the choices below is correct in

accordance with EOP-2.4?

3.

Second part of distracters C. and D. is not plausible. RWST

would have to gravity drain through the RB spray header rings

against a 40 psig differential pressure.

4.

Need to lower RWST level to make securing a RB Spray pump

more plausible30% level is above the 18% setpoint to go to

cold leg recirculation.

5.

Question is U due to more than one non-plausible distractor.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Wants to keep rwst level at 30%,

2.

Changes the pressure of containment to 32 psig rather than 40

psig.

3.

SAT with changes to C and D, see question for change.

S

90

H

3

X

E

K/A 011G2.4.21

NEW HIGHER

Monday, October 03, 2011

1.

Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.

2.

Operational validity/stem content: how would any SRO be

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

entering a YELLOW path procedure 15 minutes after a

LBLOCA? Must increase the time frame to be operationally

valid. Did increase comment.

3.

Stem needs to provide all criteria for critical safety path

evaluationfor example, needs to include intermediate range

power and startup rate values, containment pressure values,

and RHR sump level values.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

SAT

SAT

91

H

3

E

G 2.2.38, Bank, Higher.

1.

Question appears to be within the SRO knowledge

requirements.

2.

KA appears to match.

3.

Question is kind of easy, not trivial but it does not require much

cognitive skills to answer.

4.

Why is the answer 92 days, is that the time frame you use for a

Quarter?.

5.

The description for the analysis for distractor A is incorrect. TS 4.0.3, allows up to 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, so why is that not the reason for A

rather than the applicants miss-reading quarterly as Shiftly?

That does not make sense.

K/A G2.2.38

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

NEW HIGHER

Monday, October 03, 2011

1.

Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.

2.

Fourth bullet needs to explicitly match the language in the TS 4.0.3 for completing a risk assessment. For example, A Risk

Evaluation has been performed for the surveillance, and has

concluded that the risk associated with the delay of the

surveillance is minimal.

3.

For the distracters, need to specify time limit from the time of

discovery; for example:

A.

Within the next 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> from time of discovery

B.

Within the next 23 days from time of discovery

C.

Within the next 92 days from time of discovery

D.

Within the next 115 days from time of discovery

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

Question was replaced. See exam for question.

2.

Presented question with word shiftly, GL states not terminology

3.

Question is SAT.

92

F

3

X

U

072A2.03, New, Knowledge.

1.

When a KA has a two part K or A if the question cannot be

written to the part (a) and (b) then the goal is to write the

question using the SRO portion of the K or A, meaning the (b)

part of the KA. This question does not meet the (a) part, it does

not predict the impact. There is no justification why the (a) was

not written in this question.

2.

Procedures to correct. Part (b), this is a 30 day action, the

questions indicates INITIAL action required if the power supply

fails. There is no INITIAL action in any of the distractors.

3.

The RM used in distractors C and D, RM-A4, would, if in

service, alarm for ANY leak.

4.

As written, this question is unsat

5.

Is the SRO required to know 14 day and 30 day TSs from

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

memory? Ask licensee, this seems unreasonable

K/A 072A2.03

LOWER

Monday, October 03, 2011

1.

Q is essentially unchanged from initial submittal.

2.

Distractor A is potentially another correct answer.

3.

Q is still U

4.

Making the applicants recognize instruments that may or may

not be in TS. Is this something you expect? Items are 7 days,

72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />?? Ask licensee.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

New KA provided by MM. 034K3.02

2.

See new question, modified slightly from what was provided.

Generic Comment: in two-part questions, it is better to indent the (1) and the (2) parts of the question statement (offset from the Which ONE of the following) for readability.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

93

F

2

U

K/A 028G2.1.27

Monday, October 03, 2011

1. Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.

2. Last bullet for temperatures needs degrees Fahrenheit (F) after

the degree symbol.

3. Recommend modification to question statement as follows:

Based on the initial conditions, which ONE (1) of the following is

correct in accordance with EOP-14.0? did

(1) How many hydrogen recombiners will be started?

(2) What is the next procedure transition?

4. When would operators ever start both Hydrogen Recombiners

at the same time? First part of distracters C. and D. are not

plausible.

5. Recommend potential fix for first part C. and D. to say No

recombiner will be started.

6. Correct spelling error for Guideline in all choices.

7. Q is U due to two non-plausible distracters.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Changed as suggested.

2.

SAT

Satisfactory

S

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

94

H

3

U

K/A WE13EA2.2

Monday, October 03, 2011

1.

Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only level.

2.

Distractor B. is not plausible because all MSIVs are closed, why

would you dump steam from the B&C steam generators when

you had an option to use A? (distractor A.) Also it is not clear

whether dump steam infers using steam dumps or steamline

PORVs.

3.

Distractor D. is not plausible because there is not physical

steam supply from the A S/G to the turbine driven EFW pump.

4.

Q is U due to two non-plausible distracters.

5.

Need to move the last bullet (Operators have entered EOP-

15.1, STEAM GENERATOR OVERPRESSURE) to bullet

number three.

6.

Potential fix/recommendation:

Based on the given conditions, which ONE (1) of the following

is the procedure and the action the CRS will direct?

A.

Remain in EOP-15.1, STEAM GENERATOR

OVERPRESSURE, and dump steam from A Steam

Generator steamline PORV.

B.

Remain in EOP-15.1, STEAM GENERATOR

OVERPRESSURE, and initiate blowdown from the A

Steam Generator.

C.

Transition to EOP-15.2, STEAM GENERATOR HIGH

LEVEL, and dump steam from A Steam Generator

steamline PORV.

D.

Transition to EOP-15.2, STEAM GENERATOR HIGH

LEVEL, and initiate blowdown from the A Steam

Generator. (new correct answer)

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

Followed recommendations. \\

2.

2/2 format.

Satisfactory

95

H

3

E

K/A WE08G2.4.21

NEW HIGHER

Monday, October 03, 2011

1.

Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only

2.

Valid with respect to physics and thermodynamics? RCS and

RB pressures are matchedis there a LBLOCA in progress as

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

well as the steam line break?

3.

Delete 30 minutes ago from first Q statement. Again, do not

believe conditions would be established as stated in 30 min

timeframe.

4.

Distractor D. is not plausible, Recommend changing to Remain

in EOP-3.1, UNCONTROLLED DEPRESSURIZATION OF ALL

STEAM GENERATORS.

5.

Change question statement to read: WOOTF identifies the

procedure the CRS will direct the crew to implement to

effectively mitigate this condition?

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

New question, did not follow the above recommendation.

2.

Changed from what was presented slightly, see question for

new sat question.

SAT

96

F

2

S

K/A G2.3.14

Monday, October 03, 2011

1.

Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.

2.

Q is SAT.

Friday, October 14, 2011

1.

The licensee wants to change this question based ONLY on the

results of the everyone FAILED. Initially this question was

validated by 2 SROs and was not an issue. The question was

revalidated again because there were 5 individuals who

Question would not be justifiable. The OLD version will be used.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

97

F

2

E

K/A G2.3.12

Monday, October 03, 2011

1.

Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.

2.

Q is SAT as submitted .

Tuesday, October 04, 2011

When is the RB Charcoal Clean up unit energized? Licensee needs to

identify. This is from OAP 108.1 b. Determine if operation of four

RBCU's (fast speed) per SOP-114 should be performed in

order to increase stay times for teams entering

containment.

Why is D not also correct?

Distractor C appears to be not plausible. Need to clarify or identify a

special case for entering the RB and then Key off of that. Discuss.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

ADDED in stem a DAC reference to make C more plausible,

2.

Changed D to slow speed.

3.

SAT

Satisfactory.

S

98

H

2

S

K/A G2.1.4

Monday, October 03, 2011

1.

Q appears to match K/A. Q appears to be SRO-only.

2.

Remove to regain SRO proficiency from distractor D.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

SATISFACTORYs

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

99

F

2-3

U

G 2.1.3, New, Lower

1.

KA appears to match

2.

Distracters C and D are not plausible. The situation for a

reactor start up NO distractions would occur and therefore

implausible. This makes the SRO functions trivial, there is no

instance where an operator would select these.

3.

Recommendation

Knowledge between long and short term turnovers. Use the 2 by 2 format

to identify 2 items from each or something that is unique to the short and

not to the long.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

NEW QUESTION

2.

OK

SATISFACTOY

s

100

U

2.4.37, VCS CLOSED, Lower,

1.

KA does NOT match, SRO ONLY, trivial knowledge

2.

The answers for the second part are not really answered by the

answers in the distracters. For example, what happens if the

TSC is not manned but the ED takes command from the IED?

Should the question ask when is the IED relieved from his

duties?

There is some information needed to the stem of the question.

Recommendation:

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

Q#

1.

LOK

(F/H)

2.

LOD

(1-5)

3. Psychometric Flaws

4. Job Content Flaws

5. Other

6.

U/E/S

7.

Explanation

Stem

Focus

Cues

T/F

Cred.

Dist.

Partial Job-

Link

Minutia

  1. /

units

Back-

ward

Q=

K/A

SRO

Only

S

1.

The ED declares that the cross connection of 1DA and 1DB is

necessary for the protection of health and safety of the public.

This would then help in the decision for the SS to comply with

the cross connection of the power supplies. There is a lot of

information not identified that should be here.

2.

The reference provided is associated with the EOP users Guide.

The KA is the lines or authority during implementation of the

EPlan. These are different.

Thursday, October 13, 2011

1.

SUGGESTED REPLACEMENT, DID NOT LIKE. VERY

SIMPLE. Changed second part for the new question. Not

ready yet.

VC Summer 2011-301 Examination

ES-401, Rev. 9

Written Examination Review Worksheet

Form ES-401-9

ES-401, Rev. 9

2

Form ES-401-9